UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017.

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     .

Commission file number: 000-55577

 

AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

16-1732155

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

6 High Ridge Park

Stamford, CT 06905

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

(203) 956-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

  

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period

for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes       No  

As of May 11, 2017, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s (1) Common Stock, $0.01 par value, was 9,093,330, (2) Class C Common Stock, $0.01 par value, was 427,955, and (3) Class D Common Stock, $0.01 par value, was 450,482 .

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1.

1

Financial Statements

1

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

1

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

2

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficit for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

3

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

4

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

5

Item 2.

29

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

29

Item 3.

52

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

52

Item 4.

53

Controls and Procedures

53

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.

54

Legal Proceedings

54

Item 1A.

54

Risk Factors

54

Item 2.

54

Unregistered Sales of Equity in Securities and Use of Proceeds

54

Item 3.

54

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

54

Item 4.

54

Mine Safety Disclosure

54

Item 5.

54

Other Information

54

Item 6.

55

Exhibits

55

SIGNATURES

S-1

 

 

i


PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2017 AND DECEMBER 31, 2016

(In millions, except share amounts)

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

35.1

 

 

$

37.7

 

Restricted cash

 

 

24.8

 

 

 

26.1

 

Receivables (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $3.5 and $3.0, respectively)

 

 

151.6

 

 

 

135.9

 

Profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers

 

 

21.8

 

 

 

18.8

 

Prepaid commissions

 

 

33.6

 

 

 

33.9

 

Other current assets

 

 

86.3

 

 

 

70.6

 

Total current assets

 

 

353.2

 

 

 

323.0

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

105.8

 

 

 

105.5

 

Contract rights and list fees, net

 

 

16.6

 

 

 

16.4

 

Goodwill

 

 

218.9

 

 

 

218.2

 

Other intangibles, net

 

 

39.4

 

 

 

41.5

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

33.8

 

 

 

34.3

 

Total assets

 

$

767.7

 

 

$

738.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

7.8

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

356.9

 

 

 

327.6

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

54.2

 

 

 

54.8

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

2.7

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

421.7

 

 

 

392.9

 

Long-term debt

 

 

1,847.0

 

 

 

1,855.8

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

26.9

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

4.8

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

30.0

 

 

 

31.4

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,330.7

 

 

 

2,311.8

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 520,000,000 shares authorized, 9,093,330 shares

    issued and outstanding

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

Class C Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 429,039

    and 429,039 shares issued and 427,955 and 427,955 shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

Class D Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 451,623

    and 451,623 shares issued and 450,482 and 450,482 shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

410.4

 

 

 

409.5

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(1,958.7

)

 

 

(1,966.5

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(14.9

)

 

 

(15.7

)

Treasury stock, at cost, 1,084 Class C and 1,141 Class D shares

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Total Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. deficit

 

 

(1,564.2

)

 

 

(1,573.7

)

Non-controlling interest in subsidiary

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

0.8

 

Total deficit

 

 

(1,563.0

)

 

 

(1,572.9

)

Total liabilities and deficit

 

$

767.7

 

 

$

738.9

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

1


AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS , INC.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

  

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

241.1

 

 

$

254.9

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and amortization shown separately below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing and commissions

 

 

77.9

 

 

 

88.1

 

Operating costs

 

 

89.4

 

 

 

86.8

 

General and administrative

 

 

24.3

 

 

 

32.1

 

Facility exit costs

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11.3

 

 

 

14.3

 

Total expenses

 

 

203.0

 

 

 

221.3

 

Income from operations

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

33.6

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Interest expense

 

 

(27.5

)

 

 

(27.7

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and non-controlling interest

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

6.0

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

(3.1

)

Net income

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

2.9

 

Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Net income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to holders of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.85

 

 

$

0.30

 

Diluted

 

$

0.85

 

 

$

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

9,113,370

 

 

 

9,093,330

 

Diluted

 

 

9,113,370

 

 

 

9,093,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

2.9

 

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax for all periods

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

2.9

 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Comprehensive income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

$

8.6

 

 

$

2.8

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

2


AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DEFICIT

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

Common Stock

and Additional

Paid-in Capital

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Treasury

Stock

 

 

Non-

Controlling

Interest

 

 

Total Deficit

 

Balance, January 1, 2017

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

$

409.6

 

 

$

(1,966.5

)

 

$

(15.7

)

 

$

(1.1

)

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

(1,572.9

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

8.1

 

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.9

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Balance, March 31, 2017

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

$

410.5

 

 

$

(1,958.7

)

 

$

(14.9

)

 

$

(1.1

)

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

(1,563.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

Common Stock

and Additional

Paid-in Capital

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Treasury

Stock

 

 

Non-

Controlling

Interest

 

 

Total Deficit

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

$

405.8

 

 

$

(1,982.2

)

 

$

(6.2

)

 

$

(1.1

)

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

(1,583.0

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2.9

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

Balance, March 31, 2016

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

$

406.5

 

 

$

(1,979.4

)

 

$

(6.2

)

 

$

(1.1

)

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

(1,579.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

3


AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS , INC.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016

(In millions)

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

2.9

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11.3

 

 

 

14.3

 

Amortization of debt discount and financing costs

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

Provision for accounts receivable loss

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

Amortization of carrying value adjustment

 

 

(9.5

)

 

 

(9.3

)

Facility exit costs

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.7

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.1

 

Net change in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

(0.2

)

Receivables

 

 

(16.0

)

 

 

(13.2

)

Profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

(2.9

)

Prepaid commissions

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

4.3

 

Other current assets

 

 

(15.8

)

 

 

15.7

 

Contract rights and list fees

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

0.9

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(1.2

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

30.7

 

 

 

(9.5

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(7.7

)

Income taxes receivable and payable

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.7

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(1.7

)

Other, net

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

(3.4

)

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(6.0

)

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(5.9

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on borrowings

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(2.0

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(2.0

)

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.3

 

Net decrease  in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(11.0

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

37.7

 

 

 

55.4

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

35.1

 

 

$

44.4

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest payments

 

$

25.3

 

 

$

24.5

 

Income tax payments, net of refunds

 

$

1.0

 

 

$

1.2

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued capital expenditures

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

 

Payment of in-kind interest

 

$

1.1

 

 

$

0.9

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4


AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS , INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unless otherwise noted, all dollar amounts are in millions, except per share amounts)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts and transactions of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “Affinion Holdings”), the parent of Affinion Group, Inc. (“Affinion”). In presenting these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosures, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgments and available information at the time such estimate is made. As such, actual results could differ from those estimates. In management’s opinion, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of interim results reported. The results of operations reported for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the entire year or any subsequent interim period.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and following the guidance of Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X for interim financial statements required to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As permitted under such rules, certain notes and other financial information normally required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted; however, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do include such notes and financial information sufficient so as to make the interim information presented not misleading. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company, which are included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed with the SEC on March 31, 2017 (the “Form 10-K”).

Business Description — The Company develops programs and solutions that motivate and inspire loyalty. Through our proprietary technology platforms and end-to-end customer service capabilities, we design, administer and fulfill loyalty, customer engagement and insurance programs and solutions that strengthen and expand the value of customer relationships for many of the world’s largest and most respected companies. Our programs and solutions include:

 

Loyalty solutions that help reward, motivate and retain consumers. We create and manage any and all aspects of our clients’ points-based loyalty programs, including design, platform, analytics, points management and fulfillment. Our loyalty solutions offer relevant, best-in-class rewards (such as travel, gift cards and merchandise) to consumers enabling clients to motivate, retain and thank their best customers. For example, our platform and technology support points-based programs for financial services, automotive, gaming, travel and hospitality companies.

 

Customer engagement programs and solutions that address key consumer needs such as greater peace of mind and meaningful savings for everyday purchases. We provide these solutions to leading companies in the financial institution, telecommunications, ecommerce, retail and travel sectors globally. These differentiated programs help our clients enrich their offerings to drive deeper connections with their customers, and to encourage their customers to engage more, stay loyal and generate more revenue for our clients. For example, we develop and manage programs such as identity theft protection, credit monitoring, savings on everyday purchases, concierge services, discount travel services and roadside assistance.

 

Insurance programs and solutions that help protect consumers in the event of a covered accident, injury, illness, or death. We market accident and life insurance programs on behalf of our financial institution partners. We work with leading insurance carriers to administer coverage for over 19 million people across America. These insurance solutions provide affordable, convenient insurance to consumers resulting in proven customer loyalty and generating incremental revenue for our clients.  Our insurance solutions include accidental death and dismemberment insurance (“AD&D”), hospital accident plan, recuperative care, graded benefit whole life and simplified issue term life insurance.

In 2016, we implemented a new globalized organizational structure (the “Global Reorganization”) to better support our key strategic initiatives and enhance long-term revenue growth. This new organizational structure allows us to combine similar lines of business on common platforms and shared infrastructures on a global basis to drive best practices and efficiencies with meaningful cost savings.  In addition, we no longer materially invest in lines of business that we believe are not essential to our long-term growth prospects.  We remain committed to our business strategy of pursuing initiatives that maintain and enhance our position as a global leader in loyalty and customer engagement solutions.  The implementation of the Global Reorganization marks another major step in our strategic plan and ongoing transformation. See Note 10 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for more information concerning our segment results.

5


Starting in the first quarter of 2016 , we have the following four operating segments:

 

Global Loyalty .  This segment consists of all of our loyalty assets globally in which we are a provider of end-to-end loyalty solutions that help clients reward, enrich, motivate and retain customers, including program design, points management and administration, and broad-based fulfillment and redemption across multiple channels.

 

Global Customer Engagement .  This segment consists of our customer engagement business, in which we are a leading global solutions provider that delivers a flexible mix of benefits and services for our clients that meet customers’ needs, including products that are designed to help consumers save money and gain peace of mind.

 

Insurance Solutions .  This segment consists of the domestic insurance business, in which we are a leading third-party agent, administrator and marketer of certain accident & life insurance solutions.

 

Legacy Membership and Package .  This segment consists of certain global membership and package programs that are no longer being actively marketed but continue to be serviced and supported.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition.  The new standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The fundamental principles of the guidance are that entities should recognize revenue in a manner that reflects the timing of transfer of goods and services to customers and the amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that an entity  expects to receive for the goods and services provided.   Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach; however entities are not permitted to adopt the standard earlier than annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with the new standard required to be adopted for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017 . We are evaluating the adoption method as well as the impact of this new accounting guidance on our consolidated financial statements.  We have formed a project implementation team with representatives from each of our operating segments and have engaged a third-party consultant to assist in our evaluation of the impact of the new guidance. As part of our assessment work to date, we have analyzed a representative sampling of customer contracts across all segments and continue to progress with a comprehensive review and assessment of the total contract population. We have not yet completed our final review of the impact of this guidance; however, we continue to review variable consideration, incremental and direct costs, potential disclosures, and our method of adoption to complete our evaluation of the impact on our consolidated financial statements.  In addition, we continue to monitor additional changes, modifications, clarifications or interpretations being undertaken by the FASB, which may impact our current conclusions . The Company expects to adopt the new standard on its effective date.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, its new standard on accounting for leases. The new standard requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted. Entities are required to adopt the guidance using a modified retrospective method. The Company has formed a project implementation team and is working with representatives from each of its operating segments to compile a lease database containing all of the relevant information required to assess the impact of the new guidance. The Company expects to adopt the new standard on its effective date.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, which addresses eight specific cash flow issues, including presentation of debt prepayments or debt extinguishment costs, with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. For public business entities, the new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. When adopted, the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, an impairment charge, if triggered, is calculated as the difference between a reporting unit’s carrying value and fair value, but is limited to the carrying value of the goodwill. Current guidance, however, requires an impairment charge to be calculated as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. When adopted, the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 


6


2 . INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets consisted of:

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Member relationships

 

$

932.7

 

 

$

(931.3

)

 

$

1.4

 

    Affinity relationships

 

 

634.1

 

 

 

(603.6

)

 

 

30.5

 

    Proprietary databases and systems

 

 

59.6

 

 

 

(58.1

)

 

 

1.5

 

    Trademarks and tradenames

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

(22.0

)

 

 

5.7

 

    Patents and technology

 

 

47.7

 

 

 

(47.5

)

 

 

0.2

 

    Covenants not to compete

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

$

1,704.3

 

 

$

(1,664.9

)

 

$

39.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Member relationships

 

$

932.4

 

 

$

(930.8

)

 

$

1.6

 

    Affinity relationships

 

 

632.9

 

 

 

(600.9

)

 

 

32.0

 

    Proprietary databases and systems

 

 

59.6

 

 

 

(58.0

)

 

 

1.6

 

    Trademarks and tradenames

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

(21.7

)

 

 

6.0

 

    Patents and technology

 

 

47.7

 

 

 

(47.5

)

 

 

0.2

 

    Covenants not to compete

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

$

1,702.7

 

 

$

(1,661.2

)

 

$

41.5

 

Foreign currency translation resulted in an increase in intangible assets and accumulated amortization of $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, from December 31, 2016 to March 31, 2017.

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets was as follows:

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Member relationships

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

0.2

 

    Affinity relationships

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

2.2

 

    Proprietary databases and systems

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

    Trademarks and tradenames

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.4

 

    Patents and technology

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

    Covenants not to compete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

3.2

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s amortizable intangible assets as of March 31, 2017, the Company expects the related amortization expense for fiscal year 2017 and the four succeeding fiscal years to be approximately $13.4 million in 2017, $7.3 million in 2018, $5.9 million in 2019, $5.5 million in 2020 and $3.7 million in 2021.

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had gross goodwill of $647.9 million and $647.2 million, respectively, and accumulated impairment losses of $429.0 million at each date. The accumulated impairment losses represent the $15.5 million impairment loss recognized in 2006 impairing all of the goodwill assigned to the Global Loyalty segment (previously included in the Global Loyalty Products segment) related to the Apollo Transactions (as defined in Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements), the $31.5 million impairment loss recognized in 2012 impairing all of the goodwill assigned in connection with the acquisition of Prospectiv Direct, Inc. included in the Legacy Membership and Package segment (previously included in the former Membership Products segment) and the $292.4 million and the $89.6 million impairment losses recognized in 2014 and 2015, respectively, impairing all of the goodwill assigned to the former Membership Products segment, which has been allocated to the Legacy Membership and Package segment.

7


The changes in the Company’s carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 201 6 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

January 1,

 

 

Currency

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Currency

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Translation

 

 

2016

 

 

Translation

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Loyalty

 

$

105.1

 

 

$

(0.3

)

 

$

104.8

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

104.9

 

Global Customer Engagement

 

 

62.4

 

 

 

(7.3

)

 

 

55.1

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

55.7

 

Insurance Solutions

 

 

58.3

 

 

 

 

 

58.3

 

 

 

 

 

58.3

 

Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

225.8

 

 

$

(7.6

)

 

$

218.2

 

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

218.9

 

 

 

3. CONTRACT RIGHTS AND LIST FEES, NET

Contract rights and list fees consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract rights

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

(5.0

)

 

$

 

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

(5.0

)

 

$

 

List fees

 

 

63.0

 

 

 

(46.4

)

 

 

16.6

 

 

 

61.6

 

 

 

(45.2

)

 

 

16.4

 

 

 

$

68.0

 

 

$

(51.4

)

 

$

16.6

 

 

$

66.6

 

 

$

(50.2

)

 

$

16.4

 

Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of which $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, is included in marketing expense and none and $0.1 million, respectively, is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Based on the Company’s contract rights and list fees as of March 31, 2017, the Company expects the related amortization expense for fiscal year 2017 and the four succeeding fiscal years to be approximately $4.3 million in 2017, $3.7 million in 2018, $3.0 million in 2019, $2.3 million in 2020 and $1.5 million in 2021.

 

4. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of:

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

First-lien term loan due 2018

 

$

751.8

 

 

$

753.7

 

Second-lien term loan due 2018

 

 

425.0

 

 

 

425.0

 

Revolving credit facility, expiring in 2018

 

 

 

 

7.875% senior notes due 2018, net of unamortized discount of $0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    million and $0.4 million, respectively, with an effective interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    of 8.31%

 

 

474.7

 

 

 

474.6

 

7.5% cash/PIK senior notes due 2018, with an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    effective interest rate of 7.39%

 

 

116.2

 

 

 

116.2

 

13.50% senior subordinated notes due 2018, with an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    effective interest rate of 14.31%

 

 

22.6

 

 

 

22.6

 

13.75%/ 14.50% senior PIK toggle notes, due 2018,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    with an effective interest rate of 17.69%

 

 

16.1

 

 

 

15.0

 

Adjustment to carrying value of debt

 

 

56.2

 

 

 

65.7

 

Total debt

 

 

1,862.6

 

 

 

1,872.8

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(7.8

)

 

 

(7.8

)

Less: unamortized deferred financing costs

 

 

(7.8

)

 

 

(9.2

)

Long-term debt

 

$

1,847.0

 

 

$

1,855.8

 

8


 

On April 9, 2010, Affinion, as Borrower, and Affinion Holdings entered into a $1.0 billion amended and restated senior secured credit facility with its lenders (“Affinion Credit Facility”). On May 20, 2014, Affinion, as Borrower, and Affinion Holdings entered into an amendment to the Affinion Credit Facility, which (i) extended the maturity to April 30, 2018 of $775.0 million in aggregate principal amount of existing senior secured term loans and existing senior secured revolving loans, which loans were designated as first lien term loans (the “First Lien Term Loans”), (ii) extended the maturity to October 31, 2018 of $377.9 million in aggregate principal amount of existing senior secured term loans on a second lien senior secured basis, which, together with additional borrowings obtained on the same terms, total $425.0 million (the “Second Lien Term Loans”), (iii) extended the maturity to January 29, 2018 of $80.0 million of the commitments (and related obligations) under the existing senior secured revolving credit facility on a first lien senior secured basis, (iv) reduced the commitments under the existing senior secured revolving credit facility by $85.0 million and (v) removed the existing financial covenant requiring Affinion to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio.  

The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility and a swingline loan subfacility. The First Lien Term Loan facility provides for quarterly amortization payments totaling 1% per annum, with the balance payable upon the final maturity date. The Second Lien Term Loan facility does not provide for quarterly amortization payments. The Affinion Credit Facility also requires mandatory prepayments of the outstanding term loans based on excess cash flow (as defined), if any, and the proceeds from certain specified transactions. The interest rates with respect to First Lien Term Loans and revolving loans under the amended Affinion Credit Facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (a) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.50%, in each case plus 5.25%, or (b) the highest of (i) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas’ prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and (iii) 2.50% (“ABR”), in each case plus 4.25%. The interest rates with respect to Second Lien Term Loans under the amended Affinion Credit Facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (a) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.50%, in each case plus 7.00%, or (b) the highest of (i) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas’ prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and (iii) 2.50% (“ABR”), in each case plus 6.00%.  The weighted average interest rate on the First Lien Term Loan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 6.75% for each period and the weighted average interest rate on the Second Lien Term Loan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 8.50% for each period. The weighted average interest rate on revolving credit facility borrowings for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 8.0%, and 7.8%, respectively. Affinion’s obligations under the credit facility are, and Affinion’s obligations under any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with a lender or any of its affiliates will be, guaranteed by Affinion Holdings and by each of Affinion’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The Affinion Credit Facility is secured to the extent legally permissible by substantially all of the assets of (i) Affinion Holdings, which consists of a pledge of all Affinion’s capital stock and (ii) Affinion and the subsidiary guarantors, including but not limited to: (a) a pledge of substantially all capital stock held by Affinion or any subsidiary guarantor and (b) security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Affinion and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions. The Affinion Credit Facility also contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants in the Affinion Credit Facility include, among other things, limitations (all of which are subject to certain exceptions) on Affinion’s (and in certain cases, Affinion Holdings’) ability to: declare dividends and make other distributions, redeem or repurchase Affinion’s capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of Affinion’s subordinated indebtedness; make loans or investments (including acquisitions); incur additional indebtedness (subject to certain exceptions); enter into agreements that would restrict the ability of Affinion’s subsidiaries to pay dividends; merge or enter into acquisitions; sell assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. The Affinion Credit Facility also requires Affinion to comply with a financial maintenance covenant with a maximum ratio of senior secured debt (as defined) to EBITDA (as defined) of 4.25:1.00.

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, Affinion had borrowings of $53.0 million and $17.0 million, respectively, under the revolving credit facility. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, Affinion had repayments of $53.0 million and $17.0 million, respectively, under the revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2017, Affinion had $69.2 million available for borrowing under the Affinion Credit Facility after giving effect to the issuance of $10.8 million of letters of credit.

On November 9, 2015, (a) Affinion Holdings completed a private offer to exchange (the “2015 Holdings Exchange Offer”) its outstanding 13.75%/14.50% senior secured PIK/toggle notes due 2018 (Affinion Holdings’ “2013 senior notes”) for shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Affinion Holdings’ “Common Stock”), (b) Affinion Investments, LLC (“Affinion Investments”)  completed a private offer to exchange (the “2015 Investments Exchange Offer” and, together with the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, the “2015 Exchange Offers”) its outstanding 13.50% senior subordinated notes due 2018 (the “Investments senior subordinated notes”) for shares of Common Stock, and (c) Affinion Holdings and Affinion International Holdings Limited (“Affinion International”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Affinion, jointly completed a rights offering giving holders of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the Investments senior subordinated notes the right to purchase an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of 7.5% Cash/PIK Senior Notes due 2018 (the “International Notes”) of Affinion International and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate cash purchase price of $110.0 million. Under the terms of the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes tendered during the offer period, holders received 7.15066 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock. Under the terms of the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes tendered during the offer period, holders received 15.52274 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock. Pursuant to the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, approximately $247.4 million of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior

9


notes were exchanged for 1,769,104 shares of Common Stock and pursuant to the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $337.3 million of Investments senior subordinated notes were exchanged for 5,236,517 shares of Common Stock.

Concurrently with the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings and Affinion Investments successfully solicited consents (the “2015 Consent Solicitations”) from holders to certain amendments to (a) the indenture governing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to release the collateral securing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes, (b) the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions, and (c) the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes (as defined below) to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to permit the repurchase and cancellation of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes by Affinion in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes repurchased or redeemed by Affinion Investments at any time, including pursuant to the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer.

In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings and Affinion International jointly conducted a rights offering (the “2015 Rights Offering”) for International Notes and shares of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock. The 2015 Rights Offering was for an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of International Notes and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock. Each unit sold in the 2015 Rights Offering consisted of (1) $1,000 principal amount of International Notes and (2) 22.57576 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock, and was sold at a purchase price per unit of $1,000. Each holder that properly tendered for exchange, and did not validly withdraw, all of their Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the Investments senior subordinated notes in the 2015 Exchange Offers received non-certificated rights to subscribe for rights offering units. In connection with the 2015 Rights Offering, Empyrean Capital Partners, L.P. agreed to purchase any rights offering units that were unpurchased in the 2015 Rights Offering (the “Backstop”). Pursuant to the 2015 Rights Offering and the Backstop, Affinion International received cash of approximately $110.0 million in exchange for $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of International Notes and 2,021,042 shares of Common Stock and non-participating penny warrants (the “Limited Warrants”) of Affinion Holdings that are convertible into 462,266 shares of Common Stock upon certain conditions.

The International Notes bear interest at 7.5% per annum, of which 3.5% per annum will be payable in cash (“International Cash Interest”) and 4.0% per annum will be payable by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding International Notes or by issuing International Notes (“International PIK Interest”); provided, that all of the accrued interest on the International Notes from the issue date to, but not including, May 1, 2016 was payable on May 1, 2016 entirely as International PIK Interest. Interest on the International Notes is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on May 1, 2016. The International Notes will mature on July 30, 2018. The International Notes are redeemable at Affinion International’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing the International Notes contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion International, Affinion and their respective restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion International’s obligations under the International Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility (other than Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II, LLC (“Affinion Investments II”), and additionally including (such additional guarantors, the “Foreign Guarantors”) Affinion International Limited, Affinion International Travel HoldCo Limited, Webloyalty International Limited, Loyalty Ventures Limited, Bassae Holding B.V., Webloyalty Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and Webloyalty International S.à r.l.). The International Notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior obligations of Affinion International’s and rank equally with all of Affinion International’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to Affinion International’s and the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness.

The carrying value of the aggregate debt instruments held by the participants to the 2015 Exchange Offers and 2015 Rights Offering (including associated debt discounts, deferred financing, and accrued interest), was $945.7 million. This was compared to the fair value of the equity issued in the 2015 Exchange Offers and 2015 Rights Offering for such debt instruments, which were valued at $133.5 million as of the date of the 2015 Exchange Offers. This exceeded the undiscounted cash flows of the aggregate lending. The Company recognized a gain in the consolidated statement of operations of $318.9 million on the 2015 Exchange Offers in 2015, which represented the write-down of the carrying value of the aggregate debt instruments to the undiscounted cash flows of the continuing debt instruments. The 2015 Exchange Offers contemplated a portion of the overall debt instruments held by the participants to the 2015 Exchange Offers.

 

10


In connection with the recognition of the 2015 Exchange Offers and 2015 Rights Offering, the impact of these transactions is summarized as follows, including the aforementioned gain of $ 318 . 9 million (in millions).

 

Reduction of carrying value of debt exchanged

 

$

(584.8

)

Reduction of accrued interest associated with debt exchanged

 

 

(16.0

)

Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing costs, plus professional fees

 

 

40.0

 

Fair value of equity issued in the debt exchange and rights offering

 

 

133.5

 

Gain recorded as noted above

 

 

318.9

 

Adjustment to carrying value of debt

 

$

(108.4

)

 

The adjustment to the carrying value of the debt is the net impact of the aforementioned transaction and represents an adjustment of the carrying value of the First Lien Term Loans, the Second Lien Term Loans, Affinion’s 2010 senior notes (defined below) and the International Notes of $108.4 million. This amount represents the interest to be paid in cash on the continuing debt instruments held by those who participated in the exchange but were not subject to the exchange itself through the scheduled maturity of those instruments. This amount, net of amortization, increases the carrying value of the Company’s recorded long term debt at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 by $56.2 million and $65.7 million, respectively. Such amounts have been and will continue to be reduced in future years as scheduled interest is paid on those remaining instruments.

On December 12, 2013, Affinion completed a private offer to exchange Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes for Investments senior subordinated notes, pursuant to which $360.0 million aggregate principal amount of Investments senior subordinated notes were issued in exchange for $352.9 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes. The Investments senior subordinated notes bear interest at 13.50% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2014. The Investments senior subordinated notes will mature on August 15, 2018. Affinion Investments may redeem some or all of the Investments senior subordinated notes at any time on or after December 12, 2016 at redemption prices (generally at a premium) set forth in the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, up to 35% of the outstanding Investments senior subordinated notes were redeemable at the option of Affinion Investments, with the net proceeds raised by Affinion or Affinion Holdings in one or more equity offerings, at 113.50% of their principal amount. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, the Investments senior subordinated notes were redeemable, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. The indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion Investments, any future restricted subsidiaries of Affinion Investments and one of Affinion’s other wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantees the Investments senior subordinated notes to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion Investments’ obligations under the Investments senior subordinated notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Affinion Investments II. Each of Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II is an unrestricted subsidiary of Affinion and guarantees Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility but does not guarantee Affinion’s other indebtedness. The Investments senior subordinated notes and guarantee thereof are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of Affinion Investments, as issuer, and  Affinion Investments II, as guarantor, and rank junior in right of payment to their respective guarantees of Affinion’s senior secured credit facility. As a result of the consent solicitations consummated on November 9, 2015, substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions were removed from the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes.   

11


On December 12, 2013, Affinion Investments exchanged with Affinion all of the 2006 senior subordinated notes received by it in the exchange offer f or Affinion’s 13.50% senior subordinated notes due 2018 (Affinion’s “2013 senior subordinated notes”). Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes bear interest at 13.50% per annum payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing o n February 15, 2014. The 2013 senior subordinated notes will mature on August 15, 2018. The 2013 senior subordinated notes are redeemable at Affinion ’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing the 2013 senior subordinated notes contains negative c ovenants which restrict the ability of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion’s obligations under the 2013 senior subordinated notes are jointly and severally and f ully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility (other than Affinion Investments a nd Affinion Investments II). The 2013 senior subordinated notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of Affinion’s and rank junior to all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, pari passu with Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness. Although Affinion Investments is the only holder of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes, the trustee for the Investments sen ior subordinated notes, and holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the  Investments senior subordinated notes will have the right as third party beneficiaries to enforce the remedies available to Affinion Investments against Affinion, and Affin ion Investments will not be able to amend the covenants in the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes in favor of Affinion unless it has received consent from the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the ou tstanding Investments senior subordinated notes. As a result of the consent solicitations consummated on November 9, 2015, substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions were removed from the note agreement governing A ffinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes, and the repurchase and cancellation of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes by Affinion in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes rep urchased or redeemed by Affinion Investments at any time, including pursuant to Affinion Investments’ exchange offer, was permitted.

On November 19, 2010, Affinion completed a private offering of $475.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.875% senior notes due 2018 (Affinion’s “2010 senior notes”) which were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in 2011. The 2010 senior notes bear interest at 7.875% per annum payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2011. The 2010 senior notes will mature on December 15, 2018. The 2010 senior notes are redeemable at Affinion’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing the 2010 senior notes contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion’s obligations under the 2010 senior notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under the Affinion Credit Facility, other than Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II. The 2010 senior notes and guarantees thereof are senior unsecured obligations of Affinion and rank equally with all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The 2010 senior notes are therefore effectively subordinated to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, including Affinion’s obligations under the Affinion Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. The 2010 senior notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of each of Affinion’s existing and future subsidiaries that are not guarantors, including the Investments senior subordinated notes.

On April 26, 2006, Affinion issued $355.5 million aggregate principal amount of 2006 senior subordinated notes and applied the gross proceeds of $350.5 million to repay $349.5 million of outstanding borrowings under a then-outstanding $383.6 million senior subordinated loan facility (the “Bridge Loan”), plus accrued interest, and used cash on hand to pay fees and expenses associated with such issuance. The 2006 senior subordinated notes bore interest at 11   1 / 2 % per annum, payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The 2006 senior subordinated notes matured on October 15, 2015. Affinion could have redeemed some or all of the 2006 senior subordinated notes at any time on or after October 15, 2010 at redemption prices (generally at a premium) set forth in the indenture governing the 2006 senior subordinated notes. The 2006 senior subordinated notes were unsecured obligations of Affinion and ranked junior in right of payment with Affinion’s existing and future senior obligations and senior to Affinion’s future subordinated indebtedness. On December 12, 2013, $352.9 million aggregate principal amount of 2006 senior subordinated notes were exchanged for $360.0 million of Investments senior subordinated notes. The remaining outstanding 2006 senior subordinated notes matured on October 15, 2015.

The amended Affinion Credit Facility and the indenture governing the 2010 senior notes both contain restrictive covenants related primarily to Affinion’s ability to distribute dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock, sell assets, issue additional debt or merge with or acquire other companies. Under the Affinion Credit Facility, payment of additional dividends requires the satisfaction of various conditions, including meeting defined leverage ratios and a defined fixed charge coverage ratio, and the total dividend paid cannot exceed a calculated amount of defined available free cash flow, or requires availability under specified baskets. The covenants in the Affinion Credit Facility also require compliance with a senior secured leverage ratio. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and year ended December 31, 2016, Affinion did not pay any cash dividends to Affinion Holdings. Affinion was in compliance with the covenants referred to above as of March 31, 2017. Payment under each of the debt agreements may be accelerated in the event of a default. Events of default include the failure to pay principal and interest when due, covenant defaults (unless cured within

12


applicable grace periods, if any), events of bankruptcy and, for the amended Affinion Credit Facility, a material breach of representation or warranty and a change of control.

On October 5, 2010, Affinion Holdings issued $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes. Affinion Holdings used a portion of the proceeds of $320.3 million (net of issue discount), along with proceeds from a cash dividend from Affinion in the amount of $115.3 million, to repay its senior unsecured term loan. A portion of the remaining proceeds from the offering of Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes were utilized to pay related fees and expenses of approximately $6.7 million, with the balance retained for general corporate purposes. The indenture governing Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes contains restrictive covenants related primarily to Affinion’s and Affinion Holdings’ ability to distribute dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock, sell assets, issue additional debt or merge with or acquire other companies. The outstanding Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes matured on November 15, 2015.

On December 12, 2013, Affinion Holdings completed an offer to exchange Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes for Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes. In connection with the exchange offer, $292.8 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes were exchanged for $292.8 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes. Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes bear interest at 13.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2014. At Affinion Holdings’ option (subject to certain exceptions), it may elect to pay interest (i) in cash, (ii) by increasing the principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes (“PIK Interest”), or (iii) 50% as cash and 50% as PIK Interest. PIK Interest accrues at 13.75% per annum plus 0.75%. Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2018. In June 2014, Affinion Holdings completed an offer to exchange Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes for Affinion Holdings’ Series A warrants to purchase shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class B common stock.  In connection with the exchange offer, approximately $88.7 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for up to approximately 30.3 million Series A warrants to purchase shares of Affinion Holdings Class B common stock. As a result of the 2015 Consent Solicitations, substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions were removed from the indenture governing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the collateral securing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes was released.

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Consent Solicitations and 2015 Rights Offering, Affinion Holdings effected a reclassification (the “Reclassification” and, together with the 2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Consent Solicitations and 2015 Rights Offering and the related transactions, the “2015 Transactions”)  as follows.  Affinion Holdings’ existing Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock issued as a result of a mandatory cashless exercise of all of its Series A Warrants) was converted into (i) shares of Affinion Holdings’ new Class C Common Stock (as defined below), that upon conversion will represent 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, and (ii) shares of Affinion Holdings’ new Class D Common Stock (as defined below), that upon conversion will represent 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. In addition, Affinion Holdings’ Series A Warrants and Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock were eliminated from Affinion Holdings’ certificate of incorporation and Affinion Holdings’ Series B Warrants were cancelled for no additional consideration.

On March 31, 2017, Affinion entered into a commitment letter with a lender, pursuant to which the lender committed to provide term loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to approximately $1.3 billion and committed to provide revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $110.0 million, decreasing to $80.0 million on the first anniversary of the closing date (the “New Credit Facility”). Execution and closing of the New Credit Facility was conditioned on the consummation of the private offers to exchange for new Senior Cash 12.5%/ PIK Step-Up to 15.5% Notes due 2022 of Affinion (the “New Notes”) and New Warrants (as defined below) or repurchase for cash Affinion’s 2010 senior notes, Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and Investments’ senior subordinated notes (the “Exchange Offers”). 

Also on March 31, 2017, certain holders of Existing Notes (the “Significant Holders”), which collectively held, as of such date, approximately  50% aggregate principal amount of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes, entered into a support agreement (the “Support Agreement”) with Affinion Holdings, Affinion and Affinion Investments. Pursuant to the Support Agreement, the Significant Holders agreed to tender in the Exchange Offers their Existing Notes.

Subsequent Event

On May 10, 2017, Affinion entered into a new credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) having a five year maturity with a lender, pursuant to which the lender provided term loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to approximately $1.3 billion and committed to provide revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $110.0 million, decreasing to $80.0 million on the first anniversary of the closing date. The proceeds of the term loans were used by Affinion to refinance its existing senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement Refinancing”) to redeem in full the International Notes (the “International Notes Redemption”), to pay transaction fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. The term loans provide for quarterly amortization payments totaling (i) for the first two years after the closing date, 1% per annum, (ii) for the third year after the closing date, 2.5% per annum, and (iii) for each year thereafter, 5% per annum, in each case, payable quarterly, with the balance due upon the final maturity date, subject in each case, to reduction of such amortization payments for certain prepayments. The New

13


Credit Facility also requires mandatory prepayments of the outstanding term loans based on excess cash flow (as defined), if any, and the proceeds from certain specified transactions .

The interest rates with respect to the term loans and revolving loans under the New Credit Facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (x) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.00%, in each case, plus 7.75%, or (y) the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%, and (iii) 2.00% (“ABR”) in each case plus 6.75%.

Affinion’s obligations under the New Credit Facility are, and Affinion’s obligations under any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with a lender or any of its affiliates are, guaranteed by Affinion Holdings and by each of Affinion’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The New Credit Facility is secured on a first-priority basis to the extent legally permissible by substantially all of the assets of (i) Affinion Holdings, which consists of a pledge of all the Company’s capital stock and (ii) Affinion and the subsidiary guarantors, including but not limited to: (a) a pledge of substantially all capital stock held by Affinion or any subsidiary guarantor and (b) security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Affinion and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions. The New Credit Facility also contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants in the New Credit Facility include, among other things, limitations (all of which are subject to certain exceptions) on Affinion’s (and in certain cases, Affinion Holdings’) ability to: declare dividends and make other distributions, redeem or repurchase Affinion’s capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of Affinion’s subordinated indebtedness; make loans or investments (including acquisitions); incur additional indebtedness (subject to certain exceptions); enter into agreements that would restrict the ability of Affinion’s subsidiaries to pay dividends; merge or enter into acquisitions; sell assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. The New Credit Facility requires Affinion to comply with (a) a maximum ratio of senior secured debt to EBITDA (as defined in the New Credit Facility) and (y) a minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges. For the quarter ending June 30, 2017, the maximum ratio of senior secured debt to EBITDA will be 7.5:1.0 and the minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges will be 1.0:1.0.

On May 10, 2017, (a) Affinion completed a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “AGI Exchange Offer”) Affinion’s 2010 senior notes for (i) New Notes and warrants to acquire the Common Stock of Affinion Holdings (the “New Warrants”) or (ii) cash; (b) Affinion Holdings completed a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “Holdings Exchange Offer”) Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes for (i) New Notes and New Warrants or (ii) cash; and (c) Affinion Investments completed a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “Investments Exchange Offer”) Investments’ senior subordinated notes for (i) New Notes and New Warrants or (ii) cash.  Under the terms of the AGI Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes accepted in the AGI Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $930 in cash.   Under the terms of the Holdings Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes accepted in the Holdings Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $700 in cash.   Under the terms of the Investments Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Investments’ senior subordinated notes accepted in the Investments Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $880 in cash. Pursuant to the AGI Exchange Offer, approximately $269.7 million of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes were exchanged for approximately $277.8 million of New Notes, New Warrants to purchase 1,103,203 shares of Common Stock and approximately $417,386 in cash; pursuant to the Holdings Exchange Offer, approximately $4.6 million of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for approximately $4.7 million of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 18,539 shares of Common Stock; and pursuant to the Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $12.4 million of Investments’ senior subordinated notes were exchanged for approximately $12.8 million of New Notes, New Warrants to purchase 51,005 shares of Common Stock and approximately $912 in cash. Affinion used the proceeds of the New Notes issued pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement (as defined below) to pay the cash tender consideration to participating holders in the Exchange Offers.

Concurrently with the Exchange Offers, Affinion and Affinion Investments successfully solicited consents from holders to certain amendments to (a) the indenture governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to reduce from 30 days to three business days the minimum notice period for optional redemptions, and (b) the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes to reduce from 30 days to three business days the minimum notice period for optional redemptions.

The New Notes bear interest at the rate per annum as follows:

For any interest payment period ending on or prior to the date that is the 18 month anniversary of the settlement date of the Exchange Offers (the “Settlement Date”), Affinion may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the New Notes (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”) at a rate per annum of 12.50% or (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding New Notes or by issuing PIK notes (“PIK Interest”) at a rate per annum of 14.00%, provided that interest for the first interest period commencing on the Settlement Date shall be payable entirely in PIK Interest.  

14


For any interest payment peri od ending after the date that is the 18 month anniversary of the Settlement Date, (i) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the indenture governing the New Notes (the “New Notes Indenture”)) would be less than or equal to 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the New Notes Indenture) would be greater than or equal to 1.375 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last da y of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled interest payment date for which internal financial statements are available, and Affinion’s Average Liquidity (as defined in the New Notes Indenture) less the a mount of the anticipated cash interest payment is equal to or greater than $80.0 million as of the record date for such interest payment, then Affinion shall be required to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period entirely in Cash Interest at a rate per annum of 12.50%, (ii) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than or equal to 1.250 to 1.000 but less than 1.375 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled interest payment date for which internal financia l statements are available, and Affinion’s Average Liquidity less the amount of the anticipated cash interest payment is equal to or greater than $80.0 million as of the record date for such interest payment, then Affinion shall be required to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period as a combination (“Combined Interest”) of Cash Interest at a rate per annum of 6.50% and PIK Interest at a rate per annum of 7.50% and (iii) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro fo rma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be greater than 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be less than 1.250 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled interest payment date for which internal financial statements are available, or Affinion’s Average Liquidity less the amount of the anticipated cash interest payment is less than $80.0 million as of the recor d date for such interest payment, then Affinion may elect to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period as PIK Interest at a rate per annum of: (x) 14.75% for any interest payment period ending on or prior to the date that is the 30 month anniv ersary of the Settlement Date and (y) 15.50% for any interest payment period ending after the date that is the 30 month anniversary of the Settlement Date ; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the aforementioned ratios are satisfied and require Affinion to either pay Cash Interest or Combined Interest for any interest period, as applicable, any restriction in the New Credit Facility on the payment of such interest shall not relieve Affinion of such obligation to pay Cash Interest or Combined Inte rest, as applicable, for such interest period and Affinion shall take all such actions as may be required in order to permit such payment of Cash Interest or Combined Interest, as applicable, for such interest period under the New Credit Facility (includin g, without limitation, any required repayment of outstanding borrowings under the revolving facility under the New Credit Facility).

Interest on the New Notes is payable semi-annually on May 10 and November 10 of each year, commencing on November 10, 2017. The New Notes will mature on November 10, 2022. Under certain circumstances, the New Notes are redeemable at Affinion’s option prior to maturity. If the New Notes are not so redeemed by Affinion, under certain circumstances, Affinion may be required to make an offer to purchase New Notes. The New Notes Indenture contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. In addition, the covenants will restrict Affinion Holdings’ ability to engage in certain businesses or business activities. Affinion will not be required to deliver any separate reports to holders or financial statements or other information of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries as long as Affinion Holdings is a guarantor of the New Notes and files such reports with the SEC. Affinion’s obligations under the New Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the same entities that guarantee the New Credit Facility.  The New Notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior obligations of Affinion and each of the guarantors and rank equally with all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including obligations under the New Credit Facility, and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness.  

Previously, in connection with the Exchange Offers, on March 31, 2017, affiliates of Elliott Management Corporation (“Elliott”), Franklin Mutual Quest Fund, an affiliate of Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“Franklin”), affiliates of Empyrean Capital Partners, LP (“Empyrean”), and Metro SPV LLC, an affiliate of ICG Strategic Secondaries Advisors LLC (“ICG”) (collectively, in such capacity, the “Investors”) entered into an investor purchase agreement (the “Investor Purchase Agreement”) with Affinion Holdings, Affinion and Affinion Investments, in which they agreed to purchase New Notes in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to pay all holders that participate in the Exchange Offers and elect to receive cash. Further, pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement, if Affinion Holdings, Affinion or Affinion Investments exercised its option to redeem any of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes, Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and/or Investments’ senior subordinated notes not tendered in the Exchange Offers, the Company could obligate the Investors to purchase an aggregate principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants that would yield sufficient cash proceeds to fund any such redemptions. On May 10, 2017, Affinion exercised its option to redeem the Existing AGI Notes and irrevocably deposited the cash redemption price on such date in order to satisfy and discharge its obligations under the indenture governing the Existing AGI Notes. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Investor Purchase Agreement, Affinion was required to pay to the Investors upon the closing of the Exchange Offers a commitment premium of $17.5 million in aggregate principal amount of New Notes and the same number of New Warrants that such principal amount of New Notes would have been issued with as part of the Exchange Offers.  

15


Accordingly, on May 10, 2017, Affinion issued approximately $ 5 32.6 million aggregate principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3 , 974 , 581 shares of Common Stock, of which (i) approximately $ 295. 3 million principal amount  of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 1 , 172 , 747 shares of Common Stock were issue d to participating holders (including the Investors) in the Exchange Offers and (ii) approximately $ 2 37.3 million principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 2, 801,834 shares of Common Stock were issued to the Investors pursuant to the Inve stor Purchase Agreement to fund the cash consideration payable in the Exchange Offers and the cash redemption price for the balance of the Existing AGI Notes that were not exchanged or tendered in the AGI Exchange Offer and to pay the commitment premium un der the Investor Purchase Agreement. The New Warrants received by the Investors on May 10, 2017, represented ap proximately 26.7 % of the pro forma fully diluted ownership of Affinion Holdings after giving effect to issuances pursuant to the Exchange Offers and the Investor Purchase Agreement, but without giving effect to options and restricted stock units granted under Affinion Holdings’ management compensation and incentive plans. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the New Warrants, as described herein, reflects the application of the anti-dilution protections of the New Warrants issued in the Exchange Offers and pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement (other than the New Warrants issued as part of the funding premium) t hat are triggered by the issuance of New Warrants as part of the funding premium .   

In connection with the Exchange Offers and the Investor Purchase Agreement, and in accordance with Affinion Holdings’ obligations under the Shareholders Agreement, due to the issuance of the New Warrants in the Exchange Offers and pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement, Affinion Holdings expects to offer (the “Pre-Emptive Rights Offer”) to each holder of pre-emptive rights (“Pre-Emptive Rights Holder”) the right to purchase with cash up to such Pre-Emptive Rights Holder’s pro rata share (as determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement)  of  New Warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per New Warrant.

The Company is evaluating the accounting for these transactions, including treatment of the debt issuance costs, for which there will be significant charges that impact future periods, as with previous debt transactions.

 

 

5. EARNINGS PER SHARE

A summary of changes in outstanding shares during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

 

Class D

 

 

 

Common Stock (a)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

Outstanding shares at January 1 and March 31, 2017

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

 

427,955

 

 

 

450,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes Limited Warrant to purchase up to 462,266 shares of Common Stock.

Basic EPS attributable to holders of Common Stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of Common Stock for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted EPS attributable to holders of Common Stock reflects the potential dilution of Class C/D Common Stock, stock options, RSUs and incentive awards that could be exercised or converted into shares of Common Stock, and is computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of Common Stock for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding plus the potentially dilutive securities.

16


The computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is set forth below:

 

($ in millions, except per share data)

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of Common Stock

 

 

9,093,330

 

 

 

9,093,330

 

Weighted average shares for vested RSUs

 

 

20,040

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock

 

 

9,113,370

 

 

 

9,093,330

 

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock

 

 

9,113,370

 

 

 

9,093,330

 

Weighted average dilutive effect of RSUs

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

Diluted weighted average shares of Common Stock

 

 

9,113,370

 

 

 

9,093,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to holders of Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Basic

 

$

0.85

 

 

$

0.30

 

    Diluted

 

$

0.85

 

 

$

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision is determined using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Decreases to the valuation allowance are recorded as reductions to the income tax provision, while increases to the valuation allowance result in additional income tax provision. The realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on estimated future taxable income. As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance for its U.S. federal net deferred tax assets. As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has also recorded valuation allowances against the deferred tax assets related to certain state and foreign tax jurisdictions.

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 were 23.1% and 52.2%, respectively. The difference in the effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 is primarily a result of the increase in income before income taxes and non-controlling interest of $6.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and a decrease in the income tax provision from $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Company’s tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in foreign jurisdictions and the relative amount of income it earns in those jurisdictions. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. In addition to state and foreign income taxes and related foreign tax deductions impacting the effective tax rate, the requirement to maintain valuation allowances had the most significant impact on the difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 35%.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company recognized less than $0.1 million of interest related to uncertain tax positions in each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2016. The interest has been included in income tax expense for the current period. The Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2017 increased by less than $0.1 million as a result of tax positions taken during the current period, which was offset by a valuation allowance.

The Company’s income tax returns are periodically examined by various tax authorities. In connection with these and future examinations, certain tax authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service, may raise issues and impose additional assessments. The Company regularly evaluates the likelihood of additional assessments resulting from these examinations and establishes liabilities, through the provision for income taxes, for potential amounts that may result therefrom. The recognition of uncertain tax benefits are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s effective tax rate or results of operations. Federal, state and local jurisdictions are subject to examination by the taxing authorities for all open years as prescribed by applicable statute. For significant foreign jurisdictions, tax years in Germany, France, Turkey, Switzerland and the United Kingdom remain open as prescribed by applicable statute. The Company does not believe that it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly within the next 12 months.

 

17


7 . COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in claims, governmental inquiries and legal proceedings related to employment matters, contract disputes, business practices, trademark and copyright infringement claims and other commercial matters. The Company is also a party to lawsuits which were brought against it and its affiliates and which purport to be a class action in nature and allege that the Company violated certain federal or state consumer protection statutes (as described below). The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against such lawsuits.

On June 17, 2010, a class action complaint was filed against the Company and Trilegiant Corporation (“Trilegiant”) in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The complaint asserts various causes of action on behalf of a putative nationwide class and a California-only subclass in connection with the sale by Trilegiant of its membership programs, including claims under the Electronic Communications Privacy Act (“ECPA”), the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act (“CUTPA”), the Racketeer Influenced Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), the California Consumers Legal Remedies Act, the California Unfair Competition Law, the California False Advertising Law, and for unjust enrichment. On September 29, 2010, the Company filed a motion to compel arbitration of all of the claims asserted in this lawsuit. On February 24, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion. On March 28, 2011, the Company and Trilegiant filed a notice of appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, appealing the district court’s denial of their motion to compel arbitration. On September 7, 2012, the Second Circuit affirmed the decision of the district court denying arbitration. While that issue was on appeal, the matter proceeded in the district court. There was written discovery and depositions. Previously, the court had set a briefing schedule on class certification that called for the completion of class certification briefing on May 18, 2012. However, on March 28, 2012, the court suspended the briefing schedule on the motion due to the filing of two other overlapping class actions in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The first of those cases was filed on March 6, 2012, against the Company, Trilegiant, Chase Bank USA, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., Capital One Financial Corp., Citigroup, Inc., Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Management, LLC, 1-800-Flowers.Com, Inc., United Online, Inc., Memory Lane, Inc., Classmates Int’l, Inc., FTD Group, Inc., Days Inn Worldwide, Inc., Wyndham Worldwide Corp., People Finderspro, Inc., Beckett Media LLC, Buy.com, Inc., Rakuten USA, Inc., IAC/InteractiveCorp., and Shoebuy.com, Inc. The second of those cases was filed on March 25, 2012, against the same defendants as well as Adaptive Marketing, LLC, Vertrue, Inc., Webloyalty.com, Inc., and Wells Fargo & Co. These two cases assert similar claims as the claims asserted in the earlier-filed lawsuit in connection with the sale by Trilegiant of its membership programs. On April 26, 2012, the court consolidated these three cases. The court also set an initial status conference for May 17, 2012. At that status conference, the court ordered that Plaintiffs file a consolidated amended complaint to combine the claims in the three previously separate lawsuits. The court also struck the class certification briefing schedule that had been set previously. On September 7, 2012, the Plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint asserting substantially the same legal claims. The consolidated amended complaint added Priceline, Orbitz, Chase Paymentech, Hotwire, and TigerDirect as Defendants and added three new Plaintiffs; it also dropped Webloyalty and Rakuten as Defendants. On December 7, 2012, all Defendants filed motions seeking to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint and to strike certain portions of the complaint. Plaintiff’s response brief was filed on February 7, 2013, and Defendants’ reply briefs were filed on April 5, 2013. On September 25, 2013, the court held oral argument on the motions to dismiss. On March 28, 2014, the court ruled on the motions to dismiss, granting them in part and denying them in part. The court dismissed the Plaintiffs’ RICO claims and claims under the California Automatic Renewal Statute as to all defendants. The court also dismissed certain named Plaintiffs as their claims were barred either by the statute of limitations and/or a prior settlement agreement. Certain Defendants were also dismissed from the case. The court also struck certain allegations from the consolidated amended complaint, including certain of Plaintiffs’ class action allegations under CUTPA. As to the Company and Trilegiant, the court denied the motion to dismiss certain Plaintiffs’ claims under ECPA and for unjust enrichment, as well as certain other claims of Plaintiffs under CUTPA.

Also, on December 5, 2012, the Plaintiffs’ law firms in these consolidated cases filed an additional action in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. That case is identical in all respects to this case except that it was filed by a new Plaintiff (the named Plaintiff from the class action complaint previously filed against the Company, Trilegiant, 1-800-Flowers.com, and Chase Bank USA, N.A., in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York on November 10, 2010). On January 23, 2013, Plaintiff filed a motion to consolidate that case into the existing set of consolidated cases. On June 13, 2013, the court entered an order staying the date for all Defendants to respond to the Complaint until 21 days after the court ruled on the motion to consolidate. On March 28, 2014, the court entered an order granting the motion to consolidate.

On May 12, 2014, remaining Defendants in the consolidated cases filed answers in which they denied the material allegations of the consolidated amended complaint. On April 28, 2014, Plaintiffs filed a motion seeking interlocutory appellate review of portions of the court’s order of March 28, 2014. Briefing on the motion was completed on June 5, 2014. On March 26, 2015, the court denied Plaintiff’s motion for interlocutory appeal. On May 29, 2015, the court issued a scheduling order indicating that discovery was to commence immediately and be completed by December 31, 2015. On May 29, 2015, the court also set deadlines for dispositive motions, which were due February 29, 2016. If no dispositive motions were filed, a joint trial memorandum would be due by April 1, 2016, and jury selection would take place on May 3, 2016. If dispositive motions were filed, the joint trial memorandum would be due by October 3, 2016, and jury selection would take place on November 1, 2016. On June 16, 2015, the court set a schedule for class certification, with Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification due on September 15, 2015, and with briefing to be completed by

18


November 30, 2015. Plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification on September 15, 2015, and Defendants filed an opposition brief on December 15, 2015. Plai ntiffs filed a reply brief on December 22, 2015, and Defendants filed a sur-reply on December 29, 2015. On February 29, 2016, the Company filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on the individual claims of the remaining named Plaintiffs. Plaintiffs filed a res ponse on March 21, 2016, and the Company filed its response on April 4, 2016. On August 23, 2016 the court granted Defendant’s motion for Summary Judgment as to all remaining claims against the Defendants.   Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal on September 21, 2016.  The Plaintiffs filed their opening brief on appeal on January 4, 2017. The Company filed its response brief on April 5, 2017.

On August 27, 2010, a class action lawsuit was filed against Webloyalty, one of its former clients and one of the credit card associations in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut alleging, among other things, violations of the EFT, ECPA, unjust enrichment, civil theft, negligent misrepresentation, fraud and CUTPA violation (the “Connecticut Action”). This lawsuit relates to Webloyalty’s alleged conduct occurring on and after October 1, 2008. On November 1, 2010, the Defendants moved to dismiss the initial complaint, which Plaintiff then amended on November 19, 2010. On December 23, 2010, Webloyalty filed a second motion to dismiss this lawsuit. On May 15, 2014, the court heard oral argument on Plaintiff’s motion to strike the Company’s request for judicial notice of the Plaintiff’s membership enrollment documents filed in support of the Company’s second motion to dismiss. On July 17, 2014, the court denied Plaintiff’s motion to strike.  The court, at the same time, dismissed those claims grounded in fraud, but reserved until further proceedings the determination as to whether all of Plaintiff’s claims are grounded in fraud and whether those claims not grounded in fraud are dismissible.  The court permitted the Plaintiff until August 15, 2014 to amend his complaint and allowed the parties the opportunity to conduct limited discovery, to be completed by September 26, 2014, concerning the issues addressed in its dismissal order. All other discovery was stayed in the case. The July 17, 2014 order indicated that the court would set a further motion to dismiss briefing schedule following the conclusion of this limited discovery. The Plaintiff amended his complaint as scheduled, and the parties conducted limited discovery as ordered. After this limited discovery, the parties proposed a motion to dismiss briefing schedule calling for the Defendants to file their opening briefs on January 9, 2015. The Plaintiff filed his opposition brief on March 24, 2015, and on April 24, 2015, the Defendants filed their reply briefs in response to that opposition. On October 15, 2015, the court entered a judgment dismissing all of the Plaintiff’s claims with prejudice and without further leave to amend. On November 13, 2015, the Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of the dismissal decision. Plaintiff’s opening appeals brief was filed on February 10, 2016. The Company’s answering brief was filed on April 15, 2016 and the Plaintiff filed a reply brief on May 11, 2016. The court held oral argument on September 14, 2016. On December 20, 2016, the Court affirmed the District Court’s dismissal decisions, with the exception of Plaintiff’s claim under CUTPA and under the EFT with regard to delivery of a “copy” of the Plaintiff’s authorization to him. The Court vacated the District Court’s decision on both claims and remanded them to the District Court for further proceedings on the merits. On March 23, 2017, the District Court held a scheduling conference and took the parties’ respective recommendations for the remaining case schedule under advisement.

On June 7, 2012, another class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against Webloyalty that was factually similar to the Connecticut Action. The action claims that Webloyalty engaged in unlawful business practices in violation of California Business and Professional Code § 17200, et seq. and in violation of CUTPA. Both claims are based on allegations that in connection with enrollment and billing of the Plaintiff, Webloyalty charged Plaintiff’s credit or debit card using information obtained through a data pass process and without obtaining directly from Plaintiff his full account number, name, address, and contact information, as purportedly required under the Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act. On September 25, 2012, Webloyalty filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in its entirety and the court scheduled a hearing on the motion for January 14, 2013. Webloyalty also sought judicial notice of the enrollment page and related enrollment and account documents. Plaintiff filed his opposition on December 12, 2012, and Webloyalty filed its reply submission on January 7, 2013. Thereafter, on January 10, 2013, the court cancelled the previously scheduled January 14, 2013 hearing and indicated that it would rule based on the parties’ written submissions without the need for a hearing. On August 28, 2013, the court sua sponte dismissed Plaintiff’s complaint without prejudice with leave to amend by September 30, 2013. The Plaintiff filed his amended complaint on September 30, 2013, adding purported claims under the ECPA and for unjust enrichment, money had and received, conversion, civil theft, and invasion of privacy. On December 2, 2013, the Company moved to dismiss Plaintiff’s amended complaint. Plaintiff responded to the motion on January 27, 2014. On February 6, 2014, the court indicated that it would review the submissions and issue a decision on Plaintiff’s motion without oral argument. On September 29, 2014, the court dismissed the Plaintiff’s claims on substantive grounds and/or statute of limitations grounds. The court allowed the Plaintiff 28 days to file a motion demonstrating why a further amendment of the complaint was not futile. On October 27, 2014, the Plaintiff filed a motion for leave to amend the complaint and attached a proposed amended complaint. The Company responded to the motion on November 10, 2014. On June 22, 2015, the court entered a final order and judgment denying Plaintiff’s motion to amend, dismissing all federal claims with prejudice, and dismissing all state claims without prejudice.  On July 10, 2015, Plaintiff filed a notice appealing the dismissal decision and denial of his request to further amend his complaint to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The Company responded to the motion on November 10, 2014. On June 22, 2015, the court entered a final order and judgment denying Plaintiff’s motion to amend, dismissing all federal claims with prejudice, and dismissing all state claims without prejudice. On July 10, 2015, Plaintiff filed a notice appealing the dismissal decision and denial of his request to further amend his complaint to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The Plaintiff filed his opening appeal brief on November 19, 2015, and the Company’s answering brief was filed on January 19, 2016. Plaintiff filed a reply brief on February 2, 2016. A hearing on the appeal was held on February 17, 2017. On March 28, 2017, the Court of Appeals found that the Plaintiff’s current complaint had stated claims, which remain as of yet unproven, sufficiently to permit him to proceed with the

19


litigati on.  Specifically, the Court of Appeals reversed the District Court’s procedural dismissal of the Plaintiff’s various federal and state causes of action, with the exception of dismissal of his ECPA claim and privacy-based state law claims, which the Court of Appeals affirmed . The Court of Appeals also vacated the District Court’s order denying the Plaintiff leave to amend, thereby allowing the Plaintiff to reassert his claims under the EFT, which had previously been dismissed.

On May 11, 2016, Kohl’s Department Stores, Inc. (“Kohl’s”) filed a third-party complaint against Trilegiant in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging claims for indemnification, contribution and breach of contract. The third-party complaint arises in a case filed in the same court on February 13, 2015, in which a putative class action has been brought against Kohl’s and the issuer of Kohl’s credit cards alleging breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing and unjust enrichment. Kohl’s third-party complaint alleges that Trilegiant breached alleged obligations to Kohl’s under a marketing agreement between Trilegiant and Kohl’s through which a Trilegiant membership program was offered to Kohl’s credit card customers, including Trilegiant’s purported obligation under that agreement to indemnify Kohl’s and participate in its defense of the class action. Kohl’s third-party complaint seeks damages from Trilegiant, including amounts for which Kohl’s may be liable to the named plaintiffs or the putative class in the class action relating to their claims pertaining to Trilegiant’s membership program and Kohl’s costs, including attorney fees, of defending against such claims. On July 5, 2016, Trilegiant filed a motion to dismiss or, in the alternative, to stay Kohl’s third-party complaint. On September 2, 2016, Kohl’s filed an opposition to Trilegiant’s motion to dismiss. On February 3, 2017, Trilegiant filed a reply to Kohl’s opposition. As of March 1, 2017, the parties entered into a settlement and release wherein Trilegiant agreed to make a payment to Kohl’s of approximately $0.3 million and to pay 30% of Kohl’s on-going legal fees in the putative class action, capped at $0.4 million (excluding Trilegiant’s initial payment of approximately $0.3 million), to resolve Kohl’s indemnification, contribution and breach of contract claims against Trilegiant with respect to fees and expenses that Kohl’s has incurred or will incur in connection with its defense of the putative class action. Kohl’s reserved its right to seek indemnity from Trilegiant for any liability Kohl’s may incur to the plaintiffs in the putative class action relating to Trilegiant’s membership program. The third-party complaint was dismissed without prejudice by stipulation of the parties on March 10, 2017.

On August 18, 2016, Lion Receivables 2004 Trust (“Lion”) served Long Term Preferred Care, Inc. (“LTPC”), a subsidiary of Affinion Benefits Group, LLC, with a complaint (the “Lion Litigation”), which was filed in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware. LTPC filed a motion to dismiss in response to the complaint on October 24, 2016. On March 20, 2017, a magistrate judge recommended that the Court deny LTPC’s motion to dismiss. LTPC has filed objections to this recommendation, and the Court has not indicated when it will make a final decision on the motion to dismiss. In the complaint, Lion alleges that LTPC made certain inaccurate representations and warranties in the Commission Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, between LTPC and Lion. Lion seeks compensatory damages, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. Pursuant to our purchase agreement with Cendant, the Cendant Entities (as such terms are defined in Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements) have agreed to indemnify us for any liability relating to this matter.

Other Contingencies

From time to time, the Company receives inquiries from federal and state agencies which may include the FTC, the FCC, the CFPB, state attorneys general and other state regulatory agencies, including state insurance regulators. The Company responds to these matters and requests for documents, some of which may lead to further investigations and proceedings. Additionally, certain of our clients have become, and others may become, involved in legal proceedings or governmental inquiries relating to our programs and solutions or marketing practices. As a result, we may be subject to claims under our marketing agreements, and we have accrued $8.2 million for certain asserted claims, including claims for which no litigation has been commenced.

From time to time, our international operations also receive inquiries from consumer protection, insurance or data protection agencies. The Company responds to these matters and requests for documents, some of which may lead to further investigations and proceedings. On January 27, 2015, following voluntary discussions with the FCA, AIL, one of our UK subsidiaries, and 11 UK retail banks and credit card issuers, announced a proposed joint arrangement, which allows eligible consumers to make claims for compensation in relation to a discontinued benefit in one of AIL’s products. The proposed arrangement has been approved by a majority of those affected consumers who voted at a creditors’ meeting held on June 30, 2015, and has also been approved by the High Court in London at a hearing held on July 9, 2015. The proposed arrangement, which will not result in the imposition of any fines on AIL or the Company, became effective on August 17, 2015 and eligible customers had until March 18, 2016 to claim compensation (in exceptional circumstances, they had until September 18, 2016). As of December 31, 2016, substantially all of the compensation to consumers had been paid and, based on the information currently available, the Company has recorded an estimated liability that represents any additional potential consumers’ refunds to be paid by the Company as part of such arrangement.

On November 30, 2015, PNC Bank, N.A. (“PNC”) filed a pleading called a Praecipe for Writ of Summons (the “Writ”) in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, naming as defendants Trilegiant Corporation, Affinion Benefits Group, LLC, Affinion, and/or Affinion Holdings. The parties participated in a non-binding mediation on September 13, 2016. The parties were unable to resolve their dispute in the mediation. On November 18, 2016, PNC filed a complaint in the Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas against Trilegiant for indemnification, breach of contract, unjust enrichment and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The complaint also alleges negligence and intentional misconduct by other Affinion entities. These claims arise

20


out of consent orders that PNC entered into with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) to settle the OCC’s Section 5 claim against it. According to PNC, the damages it incurred pursuant to those consent orders were the result of Trilegiant’s failure to properly service PNC’s customers. Trilegiant’s preliminary objections to PNC’s complaint were filed on January 12, 2017 and ar e now fully briefed. On January 30, 2017, the case was transferred from the Court of Common Pleas to the Commerce Court and Complex Litigation Center. Oral argument on Trilegiant’s preliminary objections was held on May 9, 2017.

On August 5, 2016, Citizens Bank, N.A. (“Citizens”) filed a complaint against Affinion Holdings, Affinion, Trilegiant, and Affinion Group, LLC (collectively, the “Defendants”)  in the United States District Court for the District of Rhode Island.  In the complaint, Citizens asserts various causes of action and requests for monetary relief, including a demand for contractual indemnification for customer refunds and attorneys’ fees that Citizens incurred related to a consent order entered into by Citizens with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency on November 10, 2015 with respect to certain identity theft protection products offered to Citizens’ customers. On November 18, 2016, Defendants’ filed a motion to dismiss in response to the complaint. On February 6, 2017, the Court denied Defendants’ motion to dismiss. Dispositive motions are due by December 6, 2017.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, a charge of $5.2 million was recorded relating to the remediation of an external gift card inventory theft. An insurance claim related to the theft is currently being pursued with our carriers and we expect a recovery in a future period which will be recorded when received.  

The Company believes that the amount accrued for the above litigation and contingencies matters is adequate, and the reasonably possible loss beyond the amounts accrued will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, based on information currently available. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and, although the Company believes that accruals are adequate and it intends to vigorously defend itself against such matters, unfavorable resolution could occur, which could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole.

Surety Bonds and Letters of Credit

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is required to provide surety bonds to various state authorities in order to operate its membership, insurance and travel agency programs. As of March 31, 2017, the Company provided guarantees for surety bonds totaling approximately $10.8 million and issued letters of credit totaling $12.1 million.

 

 

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On October 17, 2005, Affinion Holdings adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”). The Board was authorized to grant up to 4.9 million shares of Affinion Holdings’ common stock under the 2005 Plan over a ten year period. As discussed below, no additional grants may be made under Affinion Holdings’ 2005 Plan on or after November 7, 2007, the effective date of the 2007 Plan (as defined below). As discussed below, on November 9, 2015, the effective date of the Reclassification (as defined below), existing option awards under the 2005 Plan were adjusted in accordance with their terms. Generally, existing options for Class A Common Stock (as defined below) under the 2005 Plan have been converted into options for shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), and Affinion Holdings’ Class D Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Class D Common Stock” and, together with the Class C Common Stock, the “Class C/D Common Stock”), and both the exercise price and the number of shares of Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock underlying such options have been adjusted.

In November 2007, Affinion Holdings adopted the 2007 Stock Award Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The Board was authorized to grant up to 10.0 million shares of Affinion Holdings’ common stock under the 2007 Plan over a ten year period. As discussed below, no additional grants may be made under Affinion Holdings’ 2007 Plan on or after November 9, 2015, the effective date of the Reclassification, as defined below, and all outstanding options granted under the 2007 Plan were cancelled for no consideration, effective November 9, 2015.

In connection with the acquisition of Webloyalty in January 2011, the Company assumed the Webloyalty Holdings, Inc. 2005 Equity Award Plan (the “Webloyalty 2005 Plan”). In connection with the Reclassification, as defined below, all outstanding options granted under the Webloyalty 2005 Plan were cancelled for no consideration, effective November 9, 2015.

21


On November 9, 2015, in conjunction with the 2015 Exchange Offers, the 2015 Consent Solicitations and the 2015 Rights Offering, Affinion Holdings effected the Reclassification as follows. Immediately prior to the Reclassification, Affinion Holdings’ Series A Warrants (the “Series A Warrants”) were mandatorily cashlessly exercised for shar es of Affinion Holdings’ then existing Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), and Affinion Holdings’ Series B Warrants (the “Series B Warrants”) were cancelled for no additional consideration. In addition, all issued and outstanding options under the Webloyalty 2005 Plan and the 2007 Plan were cancelled for no additional consideration. Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2005 Plan were not affected by the cancellation. In accordance with the Reclassification , Affinion Holdings’ Class A Common Stock was converted into shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C/D Common Stock. Issued and outstanding options under the 2005 Plan were converted into options to acquire shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C Common Stock an d shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class D Common Stock. The number of shares of Class C/D Common Stock subject to the issued and outstanding options was adjusted based on the conversion ratio utilized for the conversion of the Class A Common Stock, and the ex ercise price was correspondingly adjusted.  As of March 31, 2017, there were outstanding options to acquire approximately 2,235 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C Common Stock and approximately 2,353 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class D Common Stock. The weighted average exercise price of the outstanding options, all of which were vested at March 31, 2017, is $147.12 and the issued and outstanding options granted to employees and to directors each have a weighted average contractual life of 7.0 years.

On November 9, 2015, the Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), which authorizes the Compensation Committee to grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other equity-based awards. Under the 2015 Plan, 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to awards. On March 9, 2016, the Compensation Committee awarded 859,500 options to employees under the 2015 Plan, and subsequently issued another 28,000 options to employees under the 2015 Plan. As of March 31, 2017, there were 868,950 options outstanding.

For employee stock awards, the Company recognizes compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is the period during which the employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. The Company has elected to recognize compensation cost for awards with only a service condition and have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Stock Options

During the three months ended March  31, 2017 and 2016, there were no stock options granted to employees from the 2005 Plan. All options previously granted were granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of a share of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

Stock options granted to employees from the 2005 Plan are comprised of three tranches with the following terms:

 

 

 

Tranche A

 

Tranche B

 

Tranche C

Vesting

 

Ratably over 5 years*

 

100% after 8 years**

 

100% after 8 years**

Initial option term

 

10 years

 

10 years

 

10 years

 

*

In the event of a sale of the Company, vesting for tranche A occurs 18 months after the date of sale.

**

Tranche B and C vesting would be accelerated upon specified realized returns to Apollo.

 

On March 28, 2014, the Company modified approximately 1.9 million of the outstanding options under the 2005 Plan, adjusting the exercise price to $1.14 per common share and extending the contractual life of the modified options until April 1, 2024.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no stock options granted to employees from the 2007 Plan. All options granted were granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of a share of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

The stock options granted to employees from the 2007 Plan have the following terms:

 

Vesting period

 

Ratably over 4 years

Initial option term

 

10 years

 

 

On March 28, 2014, the Company modified approximately 2.4 million of the outstanding options under the 2007 Plan, adjusting the exercise price to $1.14 per common share and extending the contractual life of the modified options until April 1, 2024. On November 9, 2015, in conjunction with the Reclassification, all issued and outstanding options under the 2007 Plan were cancelled for no additional consideration.

 

22


D uring the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no stock options granted to members of the Board of Directors from the 2007 Plan. Generally, options granted to members of the Board of Directors fully vest on the date of grant and have an initial option term of 10 years. On March 28, 2014, the Company modified approximately 0.2 million of the outstanding options granted to members of the Board of Directors, adjusting the exercise price to $1.14 per common share and extending the co ntractual life of the modified options until April 1, 2024. On November 9, 2015, in conjunction with the Reclassification, all issued and outstanding options granted to members of the Board of Directors under the 2007 Plan were cancelled for no additional consideration.

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Compensation Committee granted options to employees under the 2015 Plan to purchase 0.9 million shares of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock. There were no options granted to employees under the 2015 Plan during the three months ended March 31, 2017. The options have a contractual life of 10 years and vest ratably on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. The exercise price of the options is $13.97 per share, the grant date fair value of a share of Affinion Holdings’ Common Stock.

The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of comparable companies.

The expected term of the options granted represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding, and is based on the average of the requisite service period and the contractual term of the option.

 

 

 

2016   Grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

 

75%

 

Expected life (in years)

 

6.5

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.64%

 

Expected dividends

 

 

 

A summary of option activity for options to acquire shares of Class C/D Common Stock under the 2005 Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is presented below (number of options in thousands):

 

 

2005 Plan

 

 

2005 Plan

 

 

2005 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grants to

 

 

Grants to

 

 

Grants to

 

 

Grants to

 

 

Employees -

 

 

Employees -

 

 

Employees -

 

 

Board of

 

 

Tranche A

 

 

Tranche B

 

 

Tranche C

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding options at January 1, 2017

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding options at March 31, 2017

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Vested or expected to vest at March 31, 2017

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Exercisable options at March 31, 2017

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)

 

7.0

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

7.0

 

Weighted average grant date fair value per option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    granted in 2017

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Weighted average exercise price of exercisable options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    at March 31, 2017

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    at March 31, 2017

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

 

$

147.12

 

 

23


A summary of option activity for options to acquire shares of Common Stock granted under the 2015 Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is presented below (number of options in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding options at January 1, 2017

 

874

 

Granted

 

 

Exercised

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(5

)

Outstanding options at March 31, 2017

 

869

 

Vested or expected to vest at March 31, 2017

 

869

 

Exercisable options at March 31, 2017

 

212

 

Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)

 

9.0

 

Weighted average grant date fair value per option

 

 

 

    granted in 2017

$

 

Weighted average exercise price of exercisable options

 

 

 

    at March 31, 2017

$

13.97

 

Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options

 

 

 

    at March 31, 2017

$

13.97

 

 

Based on the estimated fair values of options granted, stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, there was $6.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.6 years.

Restricted Stock Units

 

On March 25, 2016, each of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors was granted RSUs under the 2015 Plan as a component of their annual compensation. The RSUs vested 3/12 ths as of the date of grant and an additional 1/12 th vested on March 31, 2016 and 1/12 th will vest on the last day of the next eight months, subject to the director’s continuing service on each vesting date. Subject to vesting, the RSUs granted to the non-employee directors will be settled in shares of Affinion Holdings’ common stock on the earlier to occur of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Plan) and the third anniversary of the date of grant. In connection with the resignation of one of the directors, the RSUs awarded to the resigning director immediately vested. The RSUs granted to the remaining directors vested in 2016. As these awards will be settled in shares of Affinion Holdings’ common stock, the Company has accounted for these RSUs as an equity award.

Based on the estimated fair value of the RSUs granted, stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $0.1 million. There was no stock-based compensation expense related to the RSU awards for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Incentive Awards

On March 16, 2015, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved the terms of (i) the Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. 2015 Retention Award Program (the “2015 Retention Program”), an equity and cash incentive award program intended to foster retention of key employees of Affinion Holdings and its subsidiaries, and (ii) the awards (the “Retention Awards”) to each such key employee consisting of retention units (“RUs”) and a cash retention award (“CRA”) to be made by Affinion Holdings under the 2015 Retention Program. Each Retention Award will entitle the employee to one share of Affinion Holdings’ common stock for each RU and a cash payment in respect of the CRA, in each case, subject to applicable withholding taxes, when the applicable vesting conditions for the Retention Awards are met. The Retention Awards are subject to time-based vesting conditions. Upon termination of employment for any reason, an employee will forfeit the entire unvested portion of his or her Retention Award. In conjunction with the Reclassification, which was effective on November 9, 2015, Retention Awards under the 2015 Retention Program that called for vesting of Class A Common Stock will vest in an adjusted number of shares of Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2016, 6,466 shares of Class C Common Stock and 6,809 shares of Class D Common Stock vested, in addition to CRAs of approximately $2.0 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, 5,904 shares of Class C Common Stock and 6,209 shares of Class D Common Stock vested, in addition to CRAs of approximately $1.8 million During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized expense related to the 2015 Retention Program of $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of which $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to the common stock portion of the Retention Awards.

 

24


 

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Post-Closing Relationships with Cendant

On October 17, 2005, Cendant Corporation (“Cendant”) completed the sale of the Cendant Marketing Services Division to the Company and an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “Apollo”), pursuant to a purchase agreement dated July 26, 2005 for approximately $1.8 billion (the “Apollo Transactions”).

All references to Cendant refer to Cendant Corporation, which changed its name to Avis Budget Group, Inc. in August 2006, and its consolidated subsidiaries, specifically in the context of its business and operations prior to, and in connection with, the Company’s separation from Cendant. In connection with the Apollo Transactions, Cendant has agreed to indemnify the Company, Affinion and the Company’s affiliates (collectively the “indemnified parties”) for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants made by Cendant, as well as for other specified matters, certain of which are described below. Affinion and the Company have agreed to indemnify Cendant for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants made in the purchase agreement, as well as for certain other specified matters. Generally, all parties’ indemnification obligations with respect to breaches of representations and warranties (except with respect to the matters described below) (i) are subject to a $0.1 million occurrence threshold, (ii) are not effective until the aggregate amount of losses suffered by the indemnified party exceeds $15.0 million (and then only for the amount of losses exceeding $15.0 million), and (iii) are limited to $275.1 million of recovery. Generally, subject to certain exceptions of greater duration, the parties’ indemnification obligations with respect to representations and warranties survived until April 15, 2007 with indemnification obligations related to covenants surviving until the applicable covenant has been fully performed.

In connection with the purchase agreement, Cendant agreed to specific indemnification obligations with respect to the matters described below.

Excluded Litigation . Cendant has agreed to fully indemnify the indemnified parties with respect to any pending or future litigation, arbitration, or other proceeding relating to accounting irregularities in the former CUC International, Inc. announced on April 15, 1998. Of the legal proceedings disclosed in Note 7 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Lion Litigation is a matter that involves the Cendant Entities (as defined below) agreeing to indemnify us for any related liabilities.

Certain Litigation and Compliance with Law Matters . Cendant has agreed to indemnify the indemnified parties up to specified amounts for: (a) breaches of its representations and warranties with respect to legal proceedings that (1) occur after the date of the purchase agreement, (2) relate to facts and circumstances related to the business of Affinion Group, LLC or Affinion International Holdings Limited (“Affinion International”), and (3) constitute a breach or violation of its compliance with law representations and warranties and (b) breaches of its representations and warranties with respect to compliance with laws to the extent related to the business of Affinion Group, LLC or Affinion International.

Cendant, Affinion and the Company have agreed that losses up to $15.0 million incurred with respect to these matters will be borne solely by the Company and losses in excess of $15.0 million will be shared by the parties in accordance with agreed upon allocations. The Company has the right at all times to control litigation related to shared losses and Cendant has consultation rights with respect to such litigation.

Prior to 2009, Cendant (i) distributed the equity interests it previously held in its hospitality services business (“Wyndham”) and its real estate services business (“Realogy”) to Cendant stockholders and (ii) sold its travel services business (“Travelport”) to a third party. Cendant continues as a re-named publicly traded company which owns the vehicle rental business (“Avis Budget,” together with Wyndham and Realogy, the “Cendant Entities”). Subject to certain exceptions, Wyndham and Realogy have agreed to share Cendant’s contingent and other liabilities (including its indemnity obligations to the Company described above and other liabilities to the Company in connection with the Apollo Transactions) in specified percentages. If any Cendant Entity defaults in its payment, when due, of any such liabilities, the remaining Cendant Entities are required to pay an equal portion of the amounts in default.


25


10 . FIN ANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, DERIVATIVES AND FAIR VALUE MEASURES

As a matter of policy, the Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

The following table provides information about the Company’s financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 31, 2017:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value At

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Fixed rate debt

 

$

 

 

$

643.2

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

643.2

 

 

$

556.1

 

Average interest rate

 

 

8.17

%

 

 

8.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate debt

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

1,169.0

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,176.8

 

 

$

1,162.3

 

Average interest rate (a)

 

 

7.38

%

 

 

7.68

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Average interest rate is based on rates in effect at March 31, 2017.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

On a limited basis the Company has entered into 30 day foreign currency forward contracts, and upon expiration of the contracts, entered into successive 30 day foreign currency forward contracts. The contracts have been entered into to mitigate the Company’s foreign currency exposures related to intercompany loans which are not expected to be repaid within the next twelve months and that are denominated in Euros and British pounds. At March 31, 2017, the Company had in place contracts to sell EUR 10.0 million and receive $10.8 million and to sell GBP 13.9 million and receive $17.2 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized a realized loss on the forward contracts of $0.6 million and a realized gain on the forward contracts of $0.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had an immaterial unrealized loss on the foreign currency forward contracts.

Credit Risk and Exposure

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of receivables, profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers, prepaid commissions and interest rate swaps. The Company manages such risk by evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties. Receivables and profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers are from various marketing, insurance and business partners and the Company maintains an allowance for losses, based upon expected collectability. Commission advances are periodically evaluated as to recovery.

Fair Value

The Company determines the fair value of financial instruments as follows:

 

a.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, Receivables, Profit-Sharing Receivables from Insurance Carriers and Accounts Payable—Carrying amounts approximate fair value at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

 

b.

Long-Term Debt—The Company’s estimated fair value of its long-term fixed-rate debt at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is based upon available information for debt having similar terms and risks (Level 2). The fair value of the publicly-traded debt is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held or issued without consideration of transaction costs. The fair value of the non-publicly-traded debt, substantially all of which is variable-rate debt, is based on third party indicative valuations and estimates prepared by the Company after consideration of the creditworthiness of the counterparties.

 

c.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts—At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company’s estimated fair value of its foreign currency forward contracts is based upon available market information. The fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts is based on significant other observable inputs, adjusted for contract restrictions and other terms specific to the foreign currency forward contracts. The fair value has been determined after consideration of foreign currency exchange rates and the creditworthiness of the parties to the foreign currency forward contracts. The counterparty to the foreign currency forward contracts is a major financial institution. The Company does not expect any losses from non-performance by the counterparty.

Current accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs) and (2) the reporting

26


entity’s own assumptions about market participant a ssumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels, giving the highest priority to Level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. Level 1 inputs to a fair value measurement are quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

There were no financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, other than foreign currency forward contracts. Such contracts have historically had a term of approximately thirty days and have been held to maturity. The fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts is measured based on significant observable inputs (Level 2).

 

 

11. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management evaluates the operating results of each of its reportable segments based upon several factors, of which the primary factors are revenue and “Segment EBITDA,” which the Company defines as income from operations before depreciation and amortization. The presentation of Segment EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. The segment information discussed below reflects our new operating segments in effect as of January 1, 2016, as discussed in Note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Segment EBITDA of the Company’s four reportable segments does not include general corporate expenses. Corporate expenses include certain departmental service costs such as human resources, legal, corporate finance and accounting and unallocated portions of information technology, in addition to expenses previously recorded in corporate such as professional fees related to debt financing activities and stock compensation costs. General corporate expenses have been excluded from the presentation of the Segment EBITDA for the Company’s four reportable segments because they are not reported to the chief operating decision maker for purposes of allocating resources among operating segments or assessing operating segment performance. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Net Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

    Global Loyalty

 

$

57.0

 

 

$

39.9

 

    Global Customer Engagement

 

 

89.2

 

 

 

103.6

 

    Insurance Solutions

 

 

56.7

 

 

 

57.4

 

        Subtotal

 

 

202.9

 

 

 

200.9

 

    Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

38.2

 

 

 

54.2

 

    Eliminations

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

$

241.1

 

 

$

254.9

 

 

Segment EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Global Loyalty

 

$

20.1

 

 

$

13.6

 

    Global Customer Engagement

 

 

12.9

 

 

 

19.6

 

    Insurance Solutions

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

21.7

 

        Subtotal

 

 

53.0

 

 

 

54.9

 

    Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

10.1

 

    Corporate

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

(17.1

)

 

 

$

49.4

 

 

$

47.9

 

 

 

 

27


 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Segment EBITDA

 

$

49.4

 

 

$

47.9

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

(14.3

)

Income from operations

 

$

38.1

 

 

$

33.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

28


Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Form 10-Q”) is prepared by Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, in this Form 10-Q all references to “Affinion Holdings,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; and all references to “Affinion” refer to Affinion Group, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary.

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Form 10-K”) and with the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in this Form 10-Q.

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Our disclosure and analysis in this Form 10-Q may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Form 10-Q that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are largely based on our expectations and beliefs concerning future events, which reflect estimates and assumptions made by our management. These estimates and assumptions reflect our best judgment based on currently known market conditions and other factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control.

Although we believe our estimates and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently uncertain and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that are beyond our control. In addition, management’s assumptions about future events may prove to be inaccurate. Management cautions all readers that the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-Q are not guarantees of future performance, and we cannot assure any reader that those statements will be realized or the forward-looking events and circumstances will occur. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements due to the factors listed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Form 10-K and this Form 10-Q and this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section, or MD&A. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Form 10-Q. We do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

Introduction

Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition (“MD&A”) is provided as a supplement to and should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere herein to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of our operations. The MD&A is organized as follows:

 

Overview . This section provides a general description of our business and operating segments, as well as recent developments that we believe are important in understanding our results of operations and financial condition and in anticipating future trends.

 

Results of operations . This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 2016. This analysis is presented on both a consolidated basis and on an operating segment basis.

 

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources . This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, and our financial condition as of March 31, 2017, as well as a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources: (i) as of March 31, 2017 prior to giving effect to the consummation of the Credit Agreement Refinancing, the Exchange Offers and related transactions on May 10, 2017 (collectively, the “2017 Transactions”) and (ii) after giving effect to the consummation of the 2017 Transactions.

 

Critical accounting policies . This section discusses certain significant accounting policies considered to be important to our financial condition and results of operations and which require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. In addition, we refer you to our audited consolidated financial statements as of

29


 

December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ende d December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, included in the Form 10-K for a summary of our significant accounting policies .

Overview

Description of Business

The Company develops programs and solutions that motivate and inspire loyalty. Through our proprietary technology platforms and end-to-end customer service capabilities, we design, administer and fulfill loyalty, customer engagement and insurance programs and solutions that strengthen and expand the value of customer relationships for many of the world’s largest and most respected companies. Our programs and solutions include:

 

Loyalty solutions that help reward, motivate and retain consumers. We create and manage any and all aspects of our clients’ points-based loyalty programs, including design, platform, analytics, points management and fulfillment. Our loyalty solutions offer relevant, best-in-class rewards (such as travel, gift cards and merchandise) to consumers enabling clients to motivate, retain and thank their best customers. For example, our platform and technology support points-based programs for financial services, automotive, gaming, travel and hospitality companies.

 

Customer engagement programs and solutions that address key consumer needs such as greater peace of mind and meaningful savings for everyday purchases. We provide these solutions to leading companies in the financial institution, telecommunications, ecommerce, retail and travel sectors globally. These differentiated programs help our clients enrich their offerings to drive deeper connections with their customers, and to encourage their customers to engage more, stay loyal and generate more revenue for our clients. For example, we develop and manage programs such as identity theft protection, credit monitoring, savings on everyday purchases, concierge services, discount travel services and roadside assistance.

 

Insurance programs and solutions that help protect consumers in the event of a covered accident, injury, illness, or death. We market accident and life insurance programs on behalf of our financial institution partners. We work with leading insurance carriers to administer coverage for over 19 million people across America. These insurance solutions provide affordable, convenient insurance to consumers resulting in proven customer loyalty and generating incremental revenue for our clients.  Our insurance solutions include accidental death and dismemberment insurance (“AD&D”), hospital accident plan, recuperative care, graded benefit whole life and simplified issue term life insurance.

Our financial business model is characterized by substantial recurring revenues. We generate revenue primarily in three ways:

 

Fee for service: we generate revenues from our clients through our loyalty business by designing (management, analytics and customer experience) and administering points-based loyalty programs on a platform licensing, fee-for-service basis. We also generate revenues for desired customer engagement programs and solutions, typically through a licensing and/or per user fee.

 

Commission or transaction fee: we earn a commission from our suppliers and/or a transaction fee from our clients based on volume for enabling or executing transactions such as fees generated from loyalty points related purchases and redemption. We can also generate revenues based on a per-subscriber and/or a per-activity commission fee from our clients for our services.

 

Subscription: we generate revenues through the sale of our value-added subscription-based programs and solutions to the customers of our clients whom we bill on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.

Global Reorganization

Effective January 1, 2016, we implemented a new globalized organizational structure (the “Global Reorganization”) to better support our key strategic initiatives and enhance long-term revenue growth. This new organizational structure allows us to combine similar lines of business on common platforms and shared infrastructures on a global basis to drive best practices and efficiencies with meaningful cost savings.  In addition, we no longer materially invest in lines of business that we believe are not essential to our long-term growth prospects.  We remain committed to our business strategy of pursuing initiatives that maintain and enhance our position as a global leader in loyalty and customer engagement solutions.  The implementation of the new global organizational structure marks another major step in our strategic plan and ongoing transformation.

Starting in the first quarter of 2016, we have the following four operating segments:

 

Global Loyalty .  This segment consists of all of our loyalty assets globally in which we are a provider of end-to-end loyalty solutions that help clients reward, enrich, motivate and retain customers, including program design, points management and administration, and broad-based fulfillment and redemption across multiple channels.

30


In this operating segment, we create and manage any and all aspects of our clients’ loyalty programs including program design, program management, technology platform, data anal ytics, points administration and rewards fulfillment. We manage loyalty solutions for points-based loyalty programs for many large financial institutions and other significant businesses. We provide our clients with solutions that meet the most popular red emption options desired by their program points holders, including travel, gift cards and merchandise. Our loyalty programs are private-label, customizable, full-service rewards solutions that consist of a variety of configurations that are offered on a st and-alone and/or bundled basis depending on customer requirements.

We provide and manage reward products for loyalty programs through Connexions Loyalty, Inc. (“Connexions”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, which is a service provider for points-based loyalty programs. We typically charge a per-subscriber and/or a per-activity administrative fee to clients for our services. Connexions also provides clients with the ability to offer leisure travel as a subscriber benefit in a purchase environment, and a travel gift card which can be used on all travel components, including airfare, rental car, hotel stays and cruise vacations.

 

Global Customer Engagement .  This segment consists of our customer engagement business, in which we are a leading global solutions provider that delivers a flexible mix of benefits and services for our clients that meet customers’ needs, including products that are designed to help consumers save money and gain peace of mind.

Through our global customer engagement operations, we create and manage innovative programs and solutions that address key consumer needs such as greater peace-of-mind and meaningful savings. We provide our solutions to leading companies in the financial institution, telecommunications, retail and travel sectors globally.

Our customer engagement solutions may be categorized in two ways: (1) revenue enhancement, which is a traditional subscription-based model and (2) engagement solutions, which is a fee-for-service or transactional based model.

In the revenue enhancement model, we provide incremental services for our clients to monetize their customer base. We also partner with clients to customize benefits that resonate with their brand and their customers’ needs.

In the engagement solutions model, we help clients differentiate their products and build strong customer relations. We also bundle appropriate rewards and benefits along the lifecycle of clients’ customers to create intimate, reciprocal connections that drive purchase decisions, interaction and participation over time.

 

Insurance Solutions .  This segment consists of the domestic insurance business, in which we are a leading third-party agent, administrator and marketer of certain accident & life insurance solutions.

We offer five primary insurance solutions that pertain to supplemental health or life insurance. These solutions, including AD&D, represent our core insurance offerings and the majority of our annual insurance revenue.

We market our insurance products primarily by direct mail and the Internet. We use retail arrangements with our clients when we market our insurance solutions to their customers. We earn revenue in the form of commissions from premiums collected, and in some cases, from economic sharing arrangements with the insurance carriers that underwrite the policies that we market. While these economic sharing arrangements have a loss-sharing feature that is triggered in the event that the claims made against an insurance carrier exceed the premiums collected over a specified period of time, historically, we have never had to make a payment to insurance carriers under such loss-sharing feature.

 

Legacy Membership and Package .  This segment consists of certain global membership and package programs that are no longer being actively marketed but continue to be serviced and supported. This segment includes membership programs that were previously marketed with many of our large domestic financial institution partners.  Although we will continue to service these members, we expect that cash flows and revenues will decrease over time due to the anticipated attrition of the member base in this operating segment.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Competitive Environment

We are a leading loyalty and customer engagement solutions company with value-added programs and services with a network of more than 5,500 clients as of December 31, 2016, approximately 44 million subscribers and end-customers enrolled in our customer engagement and insurance programs worldwide and approximately 42 million customers who received credit or debit card enhancement services and loyalty points-based management and redemption services as of December 31, 2016. We believe our portfolio of programs and benefits is the broadest in the industry, and that we are capable of providing the full range of administrative services for loyalty points programs. At December 31, 2016, we offered 13 core products and services with 241 unique benefits and supported almost 4,600 versions of products and services representing different combinations of pricing, benefit configurations and branding.

Our competitors include any company seeking direct and regular access to large groups of customers through any direct marketing channel, as well as any company capable of managing loyalty points programs or providing redemption options for those

31


programs. Our products and services compete with those marketed by financial institutions and other third parties who have marketing relationships with our competition, including large, fully integrated companies that have financial, marketing and product development resources that are greater than ours. We face competition in all areas of our business, including price, product offerin gs and product performance. As a whole, the direct marketing services industry is extremely fragmented, while competition in loyalty points program administration is somewhat more concentrated. Most companies in the direct marketing services industry are r elatively small and provide a limited array of products and services. In general, competition for the consumer’s attention is intense, with a wide variety of players competing in different segments of the direct marketing industry. More specifically, compe tition within our business lines comes from companies that vary significantly in size, scope and primary core competencies.

Financial Industry Trends

Historically, financial institutions have represented a significant majority of our marketing partner base. Consumer banking is a highly regulated industry, with various federal, state and international authorities governing various aspects of the marketing and servicing of the products we offer through our financial institution partners.

For instance, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) mandates the most wide-ranging overhaul of financial industry regulation in decades. Dodd-Frank created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) which became operational on July 21, 2011, and has been given authority to regulate all consumer financial products sold by banks and non-bank companies. These regulations have imposed additional reporting, supervisory, and regulatory requirements on our financial institution clients which have adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, even an inadvertent failure of our financial institution clients to comply with these laws and regulations, as well as rapidly evolving social expectations of corporate fairness, could adversely affect our business or our reputation going forward. Some of our clients have become involved in governmental inquiries that include our products or marketing practices. As a result, certain financial institution clients have, and others could, delay or cease marketing with us, terminate their agreements with us, require us to cease providing services to subscribers, or require changes to our programs or solutions to subscribers that could also have a material adverse effect on our business.

In certain circumstances, our financial institution clients have sought to source and market their own in-house programs and solutions, most notably programs and solutions that are analogous to our credit card registration, credit monitoring and identity-theft resolution programs and solutions. As we have sought to maintain our market share in these areas and to continue these programs and solutions with our clients, in some circumstances, we have shifted from a retail arrangement to a fee for service arrangement which results in lower net revenue, but unlike our retail arrangement, has no related commission expense, thereby preserving our ability to earn a suitable rate of return on the campaign.

Regulatory Environment

We are subject to federal and state regulation as well as regulation by foreign authorities in other jurisdictions. Certain laws and regulations that govern our operations include: federal, state and foreign marketing and consumer protection laws and regulations; federal, state and foreign privacy and data protection laws and regulations; federal, state and foreign insurance and insurance mediation laws and regulations; and federal, state and foreign travel laws and regulations. Federal regulations are primarily enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, the Federal Communications Commission and the CFPB. State regulations are primarily enforced by individual state attorneys general and insurance departments. Foreign regulations are enforced by a number of regulatory bodies in the relevant jurisdictions.

These regulations primarily impact the means we use to market our programs, which can reduce the acceptance rates of our solicitation efforts, impact our ability to obtain information from our members and end-customers and impact the benefits we provide and how we service our customers. In addition, new and contemplated regulations enacted by, or client settlement agreements or consent orders with, the CFPB could impose additional reporting, supervisory and regulatory requirements on, as well as result in inquiries of, us and our clients that could delay or terminate marketing campaigns with certain clients, impact the programs and solutions we provide to customers, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We incur significant costs to ensure compliance with these regulations; however, we are party to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, and regulatory investigations involving our business practices which also increase our costs of doing business. See Note 6 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in “Item 1. Financial Statements.”

Seasonality

Historically, seasonality has not had a significant impact on our business. Our revenues are more affected by the timing of marketing programs that can change from year to year depending on the opportunities available and pursued. More recently, in connection with the growth in our loyalty business, we have experienced increasing seasonality in the timing of our cash flows, particularly with respect to working capital. This has been due primarily to the consumer’s increasing acceptance and use of certain

32


categories for points redemptions, such as travel services and gift cards. These categories typically prese nt a delay from the time we incur a cash outlay to provision the redemption until we are reimbursed by the client for the activity, and in certain instances, these delays may extend across multiple reporting periods. Redemptions for some categories, such a s gift cards, have been weighted more heavily to the end of the year due to consumers’ increasing usage of points in connection with seasonal gift giving.

Company History

We have over 40 years of operational history. We started offering membership products in 1973, and in 1985 began marketing insurance and package enhancement products. In 1988, we entered the loyalty solutions business and in the early 1990s, we started offering certain of our program offerings internationally.

In 2005, the Company was acquired by investment funds affiliated with Apollo Global Management, LLC (such investment funds, the “Apollo Funds”) from Cendant Corporation (“Cendant”) through the consummation of the Apollo Transactions (as defined in “—The Apollo Transactions”).

In 2011, we entered into a merger agreement that resulted in the Webloyalty Acquisition and the acquisition of approximately 21% of the common stock of Affinion Holdings by investment funds affiliated with General Atlantic LLC (such investment funds referred to as “General Atlantic”) with the Apollo Funds continuing to own approximately 70% of the common stock of Affinion Holdings.

On November 9, 2015, we consummated the 2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Rights Offering and Reclassification, each as defined and described below under “—2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Rights Offering and Reclassification.”

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, the Apollo Funds and General Atlantic ceased to have beneficial ownership of any common stock of Affinion Holdings.

The Apollo Transactions

On October 17, 2005, Cendant Corporation (“Cendant”) completed the sale of the Cendant Marketing Services Division (the “Predecessor”) to Affinion, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “Apollo”), pursuant to a purchase agreement dated July 26, 2005 for approximately $1.8 billion. The purchase price consisted of approximately $1.7 billion of cash, net of estimated closing adjustments, plus $125 million face value of 125,000 shares of newly issued preferred stock (with a fair value at issuance of $80.4 million) of Affinion Holdings, and a warrant (with a fair value at issuance of $16.7 million) that was exercisable for 4,437,170 shares of Affinion Holdings’ common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, and $38.1 million of transaction related costs (collectively, the “Apollo Transactions”). The warrants expired in 2011 and the remaining outstanding shares of preferred stock were redeemed in 2011.

As part of the Apollo Transactions, we made a special tax election referred to as a “338(h)(10) election” with respect to the Predecessor. Under the 338(h)(10) election, the companies constituting the Predecessor were deemed to have sold and repurchased their assets at fair market value. By adjusting the tax basis in such assets to fair market value for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the aggregate amount of our tax deductions for depreciation and amortization have increased, which has reduced our cash taxes and further enhanced our free cash flow generation. We expect these tax deductions for U.S. federal income tax purposes to continue until 2020.

2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Rights Offering and Reclassification

On November 9, 2015, (a) Affinion Holdings completed a private offer to exchange (the “2015 Holdings Exchange Offer”) its outstanding 13.75%/14.50% senior secured PIK/toggle notes due 2018 (Affinion Holdings’ “2013 senior notes”) for shares of Common Stock and (b) Affinion Investments, LLC (“Affinion Investments”) completed a private offer to exchange (the “2015 Investments Exchange Offer” and, together with the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, the “2015 Exchange Offers”) its outstanding 13.50% senior subordinated notes due 2018 (the “Investments senior subordinated notes”) for shares of Common Stock of Affinion Holdings and (c) Affinion Holdings and Affinion International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Affinion, jointly completed a rights offering (the “2015 Rights Offering”) giving holders of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the Investments senior subordinated notes the right to purchase an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of International Notes and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate cash purchase price of $110.0 million. Pursuant to the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, approximately $247.4 million of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for 1,769,104 shares of Common Stock and pursuant to the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $337.3 million of Investments senior subordinated notes were exchanged for 5,236,517 shares of Common Stock. Upon closing of the 2015 Exchange Offers, there remained outstanding approximately $13.1 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and $22.6 million aggregate principal amount of Investments senior subordinated notes.

33


In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings and Affinion International jointly conducted the 2015 Rights Offering for International Notes and shares of Common S tock. The 2015 Rights Offering was for an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of International Notes and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock. In connection with the 2015 Rights Offering, Empyrean Capital Partners, L.P. agreed to purchase any ri ghts offering units that were unpurchased in the 2015 Rights Offering (the “Backstop”). Pursuant to the 2015 Rights Offering and the Backstop, Affinion International received cash of $110.0 million in exchange for $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of International Notes and 2,021,042 shares of Common Stock and a non-participating penny warrant (the “Limited Warrant”) to purchase up to 462,266 shares of Common Stock.

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, the 2015 Consent Solicitations (as defined below) and the 2015 Rights Offering, Affinion Holdings effected a reclassification (the “Reclassification” and, together with the 2015 Exchange Offers, the 2015 Consent Solicitations, the 2015 Rights Offering and the related transactions, the “2015 Transactions”) as follows. All of Affinion Holdings’ then existing Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) (including Class A Common Stock issued as a result of a mandatory cashless exercise of all of its Series A Warrants (the “Series A Warrants”)), consisting of 84,842,535 outstanding shares  of Class A Common Stock and 45,003,196 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Series A Warrants, was converted into (i) 490,083 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), that upon conversion will represent 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, and (ii) 515,877 shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class D Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class D Common Stock” and, together with the Class C Common Stock, the “Class C/D Common Stock”), that upon conversion will represent 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. In addition, Affinion Holdings’ Series A Warrants and Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) were eliminated from Affinion Holdings’ certificate of incorporation and Affinion Holdings’ Series B Warrants (the “Series B Warrants”) were cancelled for no additional consideration. In connection with the Reclassification, (i) the Apollo Funds received 218,002 shares of the Class C Common Stock and 229,476 shares of the Class D Common Stock, or 4.7% of the outstanding Common Stock on a  beneficial ownership basis after giving effect to the conversion of the Class C/D  Common Stock held by the Apollo Funds, and (ii) General Atlantic received 65,945 shares of the Class C Common Stock and 69,415 shares of the Class D Common Stock, or 1.5% of the outstanding Common Stock on a beneficial ownership basis after giving effect to the conversion of the Class C/D Common Stock held by General Atlantic.

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, the Apollo Funds and General Atlantic ceased to have beneficial ownership of any Common Stock.

The consummation of the exchange offers and the rights offering resulted in an “ownership change” for the Company pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.  This substantially limits our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards (including those attributable to the 2005 Acquisition) and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset our post-change income.  Similar rules and limitations may apply for state tax purposes as well.

 

34


Results o f Operations

Supplemental Data

We manage our business using a portfolio approach, meaning that we allocate our investments in the ongoing pursuit of the highest and best available returns, allocating our resources to whichever products, services, geographies and programs offer the best opportunities. With the globalization of our clients, programs and solutions and the ongoing refinement and execution of our capital allocation strategy, we have developed the following table that we believe captures the way we look at the businesses (amounts in thousands, except dollars per unit).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Loyalty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Gross Transactional Sales Volume (1)

 

$

762,837

 

 

$

481,080

 

        Gross Transactional Sales Volume per Transaction (1)

 

$

214.98

 

 

$

150.28

 

        Total Transactions

 

 

3,548

 

 

 

3,201

 

Global Customer Engagement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Average Subscribers (2)

 

 

2,532

 

 

 

2,726

 

        Annualized Net Revenue per Average Subscriber (3)

 

$

101.16

 

 

$

104.30

 

        Engagement Solutions Platform Revenue

 

$

25,212

 

 

$

32,520

 

Insurance Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Average Supplemental Insureds (2)

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

3,420

 

        Annualized Net Revenue per Supplemental Insured (3)

 

$

69.53

 

 

$

65.87

 

Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Average Legacy Members (2)

 

 

1,217

 

 

 

1,963

 

        Annualized Net Revenue per Legacy Member (3)

 

$

106.60

 

 

$

95.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(1)

Gross Transactional Sales Volume primarily includes the gross sales amount of travel bookings, gift cards and merchandise redeemed by customers of our clients’ programs that we support and excludes cash redemptions and revenue generated from programming, platform, administration and other non-transactional services. Gross Transactional Sales Volume per Transaction is calculated by taking the Gross Transactional Sales Volume reported for the period and dividing it by the total transactions for the same period.

(2)

Average Subscribers, Average Supplemental Insureds and Average Legacy Members for the period are all calculated by determining the average subscribers, insureds or members, as applicable, for each month in the period (adding the number of subscribers, insureds or members, as applicable, at the beginning of the month with the number of subscribers, insureds or members, as applicable, at the end of the month and dividing that total by two) and then averaging that result for the period. A subscriber’s, insured’s or member’s, as applicable, account is added or removed in the period in which the subscriber, insured or member, as applicable, has joined or cancelled.

(3)

Annualized Net Revenue per Average Subscriber and Supplemental Insured are all calculated by taking the revenues from subscribers or insureds, as applicable, for the period and dividing it by the average subscribers or insureds, as applicable, for the period. Quarterly periods are then multiplied by four to annualize this amount for comparative purposes. Upon cancellation of a subscriber or an insured, as applicable, the subscriber’s or insured’s, as applicable, revenues are no longer recognized in the calculation.

Basic insureds typically receive $1,000 of AD&D coverage at no cost to the consumer since the marketing partner pays the cost of this coverage. Supplemental insureds are customers who have elected to pay premiums for higher levels of coverage.

Segment EBITDA

Segment EBITDA consists of income from operations before depreciation and amortization. Segment EBITDA is the measure management uses to evaluate segment performance and we present Segment EBITDA to enhance your understanding of our operating performance. We use Segment EBITDA as one criterion for evaluating our performance relative to that of our peers. We believe that Segment EBITDA is an operating performance measure, and not a liquidity measure, that provides investors and analysts with a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies. However, Segment EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and Segment EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider Segment

35


EBITDA as an alternative to operating or net income determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as an indicator of operating per formance or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as an indicator of cash flows, or as a measure of liquidity.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Summary of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Net revenues

 

$

241.1

 

 

$

254.9

 

 

$

(13.8

)

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing and commissions

 

 

77.9

 

 

 

88.1

 

 

 

(10.2

)

Operating costs

 

 

89.4

 

 

 

86.8

 

 

 

2.6

 

General and administrative

 

 

24.3

 

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

(7.8

)

Facility exit costs

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11.3

 

 

 

14.3

 

 

 

(3.0

)

Total expenses

 

 

203.0

 

 

 

221.3

 

 

 

(18.3

)

Income from operations

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

33.6

 

 

 

4.5

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Interest expense

 

 

(27.5

)

 

 

(27.7

)

 

 

0.2

 

Other income, net

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Income before income taxes and non-controlling interest

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

4.5

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

0.7

 

Net income

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

5.2

 

Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Net income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

2.8

 

 

$

5.0

 

 

The following is a summary of changes affecting our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Net revenues decreased $13.8 million, or 5.4%, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the same period of the prior year primarily the result of lower retail revenues from a decline in retail member volumes in Legacy Membership and Package and lower revenue in Global Customer Engagement primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, as well as the timing of marketing campaign launches and product launches with new clients. Net revenue increased in Global Loyalty primarily due to increased growth with existing customers and launches with new clients.

Segment EBITDA increased $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the same period of the prior year months as the impact of the lower net revenues and higher operating costs was more than offset by lower marketing and commissions and lower general and administrative expenses.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

The following section provides an overview of our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Net Revenues . During the three months ended March 31, 2017 we reported net revenues of $241.1 million, a decrease of $13.8 million, or 5.4%, as compared to net revenues of $254.9 million in the comparable period of 2016.  Global Loyalty net revenues increased $17.1 million primarily due to increased growth with existing customers and launches with new clients. On a currency consistent basis, net revenues decreased $9.5 million in Global Customer Engagement primarily from lower revenue in our revenue enhancement business principally caused by the timing of marketing campaign launches along with lower net revenues in our engagement solutions business primarily due to the timing of product launches with new clients. Net revenues declined $4.9 million

36


from the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  Insurance Solutions net revenues decreased $ 0.7 million as the impact from lower average sup plemental insureds was primarily offset by a n increase in the average revenue per supplemental insured and a lower cost of insurance principally from lower claims experience.  Net revenues in Legacy Membership and Package decreased $ 16.0 million primarily due to the expected attrition of legacy members, including those from our large financial institution partners, principally due to the cessation of new marketing campaigns and terminated programs with those partners as a result of the regulatory issues that have negatively impacted these partners.  We expect this downward trend in net revenues related to our financial institution partners to continue for the foreseeable future. Net revenues further decreased from lower Package revenue primarily t he result of lower average Package members and an unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $ 0.5 million.

Marketing and Commissions Expense . Marketing and commissions expense decreased by $10.2 million, or 11.6%, to $77.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 from $88.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Marketing and commissions expense decreased in Legacy Membership and Package by $4.8 million primarily due to lower commissions. Costs decreased $6.0 million in Global Customer Engagement primarily due to the timing of campaign launches and the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  

Operating Costs . Operating costs increased by $2.6 million, or 3.0%, to $89.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 from $86.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Costs increased $10.5 million in Global Loyalty primarily from higher servicing costs related to the higher net revenues and a charge of $5.2 million recorded in relation to the remediation of an external gift card inventory theft. An insurance claim related to the theft is currently being pursued with our carriers and we expect a recovery in a future period which will be recorded when received. Operating costs decreased $4.8 million in Legacy Membership and Package primarily from lower product and servicing costs associated with the lower retail member volumes. Costs decreased $3.0 million in Global Customer Engagement primarily related to the favorable impact of foreign exchange.

General and Administrative Expense . General and administrative expense decreased by $7.8 million, or 24.3% to $24.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 from $32.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Corporate costs decreased $3.7 million primarily due to lower legal costs. Costs decreased $5.3 million in Legacy Membership and Package primarily due to lower legal reserves.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense . Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $11.3 million from $14.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016,  primarily from a decrease of $0.9 million related to lower amortization of intangible assets acquired in various acquisitions, principally member relationships which are amortized on an accelerated basis. Depreciation expense decreased $1.9 million primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign exchange.

Income Tax Expense . Income tax expense decreased by $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016, primarily due to a decrease in the current state and foreign tax provisions and deferred federal and state tax provisions for the three months ended March 31, 2017, partially offset by an increase in the deferred foreign tax provision for the same period.

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 were 23.1% and 52.2%, respectively. The difference in the effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 is primarily a result of the increase in income before income taxes and non-controlling interest from $6.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and a decrease in the income tax provision from $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Company’s tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in foreign jurisdictions and the relative amount of income it earns in those jurisdictions. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. In addition to state and foreign income taxes and related foreign tax deductions impacting the effective tax rate, the requirement to maintain valuation allowances had the most significant impact on the difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 35%.


37


Operating Segment Results

Net revenues, Segment EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

Net Revenues

 

 

Segment EBITDA (1)

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Global Loyalty

 

$

57.0

 

 

$

39.9

 

 

$

17.1

 

 

$

20.1

 

 

$

13.6

 

 

$

6.5

 

 

$

25.0

 

 

$

13.5

 

 

$

11.5

 

Global Customer Engagement

 

 

89.2

 

 

 

103.6

 

 

 

(14.4

)

 

 

12.9

 

 

 

19.6

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

14.8

 

 

 

21.3

 

 

 

(6.5

)

Insurance Solutions

 

 

56.7

 

 

 

57.4

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

21.7

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

21.5

 

 

 

(1.3

)

    Subtotal

 

 

202.9

 

 

 

200.9

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

53.0

 

 

 

54.9

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

60.0

 

 

 

56.3

 

 

 

3.7

 

Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

38.2

 

 

 

54.2

 

 

 

(16.0

)

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

10.9

 

 

 

18.2

 

 

 

(7.3

)

Eliminations

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

(17.1

)

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

(15.0

)

 

 

4.0

 

Total

 

$

241.1

 

 

$

254.9

 

 

$

(13.8

)

 

 

49.4

 

 

 

47.9

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

59.9

 

 

 

59.5

 

 

 

0.4

 

Effect of purchase accounting, reorganizations and non-recurring revenues and gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain legal costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(6.3

)

 

 

5.4

 

Net cost savings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.0

)

 

 

(4.2

)

 

 

2.2

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(6.5

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

(14.3

)

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

(14.3

)

 

 

3.0

 

Income from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

38.1

 

 

$

33.6

 

 

$

4.5

 

 

$

38.1

 

 

$

33.6

 

 

$

4.5

 

 

 

The following tables summarize the adjustments between income from operations and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 by reportable segment.

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

Global Loyalty

 

 

Global Customer Engagement

 

 

Insurance Solutions

 

 

Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Effect of purchase accounting, reorganizations and non-recurring revenues and gains

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Certain legal costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Net cost savings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

2.0

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

7.6

 

        Total

 

 

 

$

4.9

 

 

$

1.9

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

1.9

 

 

$

1.6

 

 

$

10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Global Loyalty

 

 

Global Customer Engagement

 

 

Insurance Solutions

 

 

Legacy Membership and Package

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Effect of purchase accounting, reorganizations and non-recurring revenues and gains

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Certain legal costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

6.3

 

Net cost savings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

4.2

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

1.1

 

        Total

 

 

 

$

(0.1

)

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

(0.2

)

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

11.6

 

 

(1)

See “ – Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources – Covenant Compliance” and “ – Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to GAAP Financial Measures” below and Note 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for a discussion on Segment EBITDA.

 

38


Global Loyalty . Net revenues from Global Loyalty in creased by $ 17.1 million, or 42.9 %, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $ 57.0 million as compa red to $ 39.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to increased growth with existing customers and launches with new clients .

Segment EBITDA increased by $6.5 million, or 47.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016, as the impact of the higher net revenue was partially offset by higher servicing costs and a charge of $5.2 million recorded in relation to the remediation of an external gift card inventory theft. An insurance claim related to the theft is currently being pursued with our carriers and we expect a recovery in a future period which will be recorded when received.

Global Customer Engagement . Global Customer Engagement net revenues decreased by $14.4 million, or 13.9%, to $89.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to $103.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. On a currency consistent basis, net revenues decreased $9.5 million primarily from lower revenue in our revenue enhancement business principally caused by the timing of marketing campaign launches. Net revenues in our engagement solutions business decreased primarily due to the timing of product launches with new clients. Net revenues declined $4.9 million from the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  

Segment EBITDA decreased $6.7 million, or 34.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 as the lower net revenues of $14.4 million were partially offset by lower marketing and commissions of $6.0 million and lower operating and general and administrative costs of $1.7 million. The lower marketing and commissions were primarily attributable to the timing of campaign launches, a migration of certain partner commission arrangements from traditional bounty to advance commissions whereby the partner has the potential for additional revenue sharing and the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The lower operating and general and administrative costs were primarily related to the favorable impact of foreign exchange.

Insurance Solutions . Insurance Solutions net revenues decreased by $0.7 million, or 1.2%, to $56.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to $57.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Net revenues decreased as the impact from lower average supplemental insureds was primarily offset by an increase in the average revenue per supplemental insured and a lower cost of insurance principally from lower claims experience.

Segment EBITDA decreased by $1.7 million, or 7.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily from the impact of lower net revenues and higher operating expenses of $1.0 million, principally from higher marketing and commissions.

Legacy Membership and Package . Legacy Membership and Package net revenues decreased by $16.0 million, or 29.5%, to $38.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to $54.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.  Net revenues decreased primarily from the expected attrition of legacy members, including those from our large financial institution partners, principally due to the cessation of new marketing campaigns and terminated programs with those partners as a result of the regulatory issues that have negatively impacted such partners. We expect this downward trend in net revenues related to our financial institution partners to continue for the foreseeable future. Net revenues further decreased from lower Package revenue primarily the result of lower average Package members and an unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $0.5 million.

Segment EBITDA decreased by $1.1 million, or 10.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016. Segment EBITDA decreased as the impact from the lower net revenues of $16.0 million was partially offset by lower marketing and commissions expense of $4.8 million, lower operating costs of $4.8 million and lower general and administrative costs of $5.3 million. The lower marketing and commissions expense was primarily due to lower commissions principally due to the decline in the member base. The lower operating costs are the result of lower product and servicing costs related to the lower revenue. The lower general and administrative costs were primarily due to lower reserves related to certain legal matters.

39


Corporate . Corporate costs include certain departmental service costs such as human resources, legal, corporate finance and accounting functions and unallocated portions of information technology. E xpenses such as professional fees related to debt financing activities and stock compensation costs are also recorded in corporate. Corporate costs decreased by $ 4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended Ma rch 31, 2016 primarily the result of lower legal costs and cost savings initiatives .

 

 

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Financial Condition – March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Total assets

 

$

767.7

 

 

$

738.9

 

 

$

28.8

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,330.7

 

 

 

2,311.8

 

 

 

18.9

 

Total deficit

 

 

(1,563.0

)

 

 

(1,572.9

)

 

 

9.9

 

 

Total assets increased by $28.8 million principally due to an increase in receivables of $15.7 million, principally due to (i) the 2017 launch of a major new Global Loyalty client and the seasonality of the international travel business and (ii) an increase in other current assets of $15.7 million, primarily related to the deferral of a portion of the financing costs associated with the Credit Agreement Refinancing, International Notes Redemption and Exchange Offers, pending consummation of the transactions.

Total liabilities increased by $18.9 million, primarily due to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $29.3 million, principally due to the accrual of a portion of the fees and expenses related to the Credit Agreement Refinancing, International Notes Redemption and Exchange Offers of $18.2 million and higher payroll-related and interest accruals, partially offset by a decrease in long-term debt of $8.8 million, primarily in connection with the amortization of the carrying value adjustment recognized in 2015 in connection with the debt restructuring of $9.5 million (see “– Credit Facilities and Long-term Debt) and repayments of $1.9 million, partially offset by amortization of deferred financing costs of $1.5 million and conversion of $1.1 million of PIK interest into long-term debt.

Total deficit decreased by $9.9 million, principally due to net income attributable to the Company of $7.8 million, share-based compensation of $0.9 million and the change in currency translation adjustment of $0.8 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Prior to the 2017 Transactions

Our primary sources of liquidity on both a short-term and long-term basis are cash on hand and cash generated through operating and financing activities. Our primary cash needs are to service our indebtedness and for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Many of the Company’s significant costs are variable in nature, including marketing and commissions. The Company has a great degree of flexibility in the amount and timing of marketing expenditures and focuses its marketing expenditures on its most profitable marketing opportunities. Commissions correspond directly with revenue generated and have been decreasing as a percentage of revenue over the last several years. In addition, the 2015 Exchange Offers and 2015 Rights Offering provided us with significant cash flow benefits, by reducing overall net debt by approximately $585 million, reducing annual cash interest payments by approximately $50 million, and improving overall liquidity by approximately $95 million. We believe, based on our current operations and new business prospects, coupled with our flexibility in the amount and timing of marketing expenditures, that our cash on hand and borrowing availability under Affinion’s revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months and in the foreseeable future, including the $1.9 million quarterly amortization payments on Affinion’s first lien term loan facility under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility. In addition, we do not expect to be required to make any excess cash flow or other mandatory prepayments in the near future under Affinion’s first lien term loan facility.

In addition to quarterly amortization payments, the first lien term loan facility requires mandatory prepayments under certain conditions. First, a prepayment may be required based on excess cash flows as defined in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility. For this purpose, excess cash flow for any annual accounting period is defined as Affinion’s Adjusted EBITDA reduced by debt service, increases to working capital, capital expenditures and business acquisitions net of external funding and certain other uses of cash.  Increases to excess cash flow include decreases to working capital and certain other receipts of cash.  If the excess cash flow calculation for any annual accounting period is positive, a prepayment of the first lien term loan facility in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess cash flow may be required.  Such percentage is determined based upon the senior secured leverage ratio as of the end of the applicable annual accounting period.  The excess cash flow computations for 2015 and 2016 did not result in a mandatory prepayment of principal for such annual periods.  Second, a prepayment may be required with the net proceeds of certain asset sales.   However, such net proceeds will not be required to be applied to prepay Affinion’s senior secured credit facility if they

40


are applied to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve or repair assets useful in our business or to make acquisitions or other permi tted investments within 12 months, or, if committed to be so applied within 12 months, within 18 months.

Under Affinion’s 2010 senior notes and the International Notes, the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales may also be required to be applied to prepay certain of our indebtedness.  However, such net proceeds will not be required to be applied to prepay indebtedness if they are applied to make an investment in one or more businesses or capital expenditures or to acquire assets that are useful to our business within 365 days, or, if committed to be so applied within 365 days, within 545 days.

Affinion Holdings is a holding company, with no direct operations and no significant assets other than the ownership of 100% of the stock of Affinion. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, our cash flows and our ability to service our indebtedness is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries. The terms of Affinion’s senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. The terms of each of these debt instruments provide Affinion with “baskets” that can be used to make certain types of “restricted payments,” including dividends or other distributions to us. If Affinion does not have sufficient payment capacity in the baskets with respect to its existing debt agreements in order to make payments to us, we may be unable to service any cash payments on Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes.

Although we historically have a working capital deficit, a major factor included in this deficit is deferred revenue resulting from the cash collected from annual memberships that is deferred until the appropriate refund period has concluded. As the membership base continues to shift away from memberships billed annually to memberships billed monthly, it will have a negative effect on our operating cash flow. However, we anticipate that in future periods the reduced cash interest expense will favorably impact the operating cash and offset the working capital deficit that will continue for the foreseeable future. In spite of our historical working capital deficit, we have been able to operate effectively primarily due to our cash flows from operations and Affinion’s available revolving credit facility. In addition, during 2017, our required quarterly amortization payments under Affinion’s first lien term loan facility will be nominal and we also do not anticipate any other mandatory principal prepayments under Affinion’s first lien term loan facility.

Cash Flows – Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

At March 31, 2017, we had $35.1 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, a decrease of $9.3 million from $44.4 million at March 31, 2016.

The following table summarizes our cash flows and compares the $2.6 decrease in our cash and cash equivalents on hand during the period from December 31, 2016 to March 31, 2017 to the $11.0 million decrease in our cash and cash equivalents on hand during the period from December 31, 2015 to March 31, 2016.  

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Change

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

9.5

 

 

$

(3.4

)

 

$

12.9

 

Investing activities

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

(4.6

)

Financing activities

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(2.0

)

 

 

0.1

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(2.6

)

 

$

(11.0

)

 

$

8.4

 

Operating Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, we generated $12.9 million more cash from operating activities than during the three months ended March 31, 2016. Segment EBITDA increased $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016. In addition, we generated $40.2 million more cash from accounts payable and accrued expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016, primarily due to the accrual of a portion of the financing costs related to the Credit Agreement Refinancing, International Notes Redemption and Exchange Offers of $18.2 million and the timing of receipt for purchases of gift cards, partially offset by $31.5 million less cash generated from other current assets, primarily due to the accrual of a portion of the financing costs related to the Credit Agreement Refinancing, International Notes Redemption and Exchange Offers of $18.2 million and the timing of credit card pre-funding payments.

 

41


Investing Activities

We used $4.6 million more cash in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, we used $10.5 million for capital expenditures. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we used $6.0 million for capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

We used $0.1 million less cash in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, we had repayments under Affinion’s first lien term loan of $1.9 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we had repayments under Affinion’s first lien term loan and other debt of $2.0 million.

Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

General

As a result of the Apollo Transactions, we became a highly leveraged company, and we continue to be a highly leveraged company. As of March 31, 2017, we had approximately $1.8 billion in indebtedness.

At March 31, 2017, on a consolidated basis, Affinion had $751.8 million outstanding under Affinion’s first lien term loan ($760.4 million, including carrying value adjustment), $425.0 million outstanding under Affinion’s second lien term loan ($426.7 million including carrying value adjustment), $475.0 million  outstanding under Affinion’s 2010 senior notes ($506.1 million including discount and carrying value adjustment), $22.6 million outstanding under Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes, $116.2 million outstanding under the International Notes ($127.9 million including carrying value adjustment) and $16.1 million outstanding under Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes. At March 31, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under Affinion’s revolving credit facility and Affinion had $69.2 million available under the revolving credit facility after giving effect to the issuance of $10.8 million of letters of credit.

As of March 31, 2017, Affinion’s senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes and the International Notes contained various restrictive covenants that apply to Affinion. As of March 31, 2017, Affinion was in compliance with the restrictive covenants under Affinion’s debt agreements. In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, the holders consented to the removal of all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions from the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes and the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes.

Affinion’s Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 9, 2010, Affinion, as borrower, and Affinion Holdings, as a guarantor, entered into a $1.0 billion amended and restated senior secured credit facility with its lenders (consisted of a five-year $125.0 million revolving credit facility and an $875.0 million term loan facility), which amended and restated its prior senior secured credit facility. On February 11, 2011, Affinion, as borrower, Affinion Holdings and certain of Affinion’s subsidiaries entered into, and simultaneously closed under, a term loan incremental assumption agreement, which resulted in an increase in the term loan facility from $875.0 million to $1.125 billion. We refer to Affinion’s amended and restated senior secured credit facility, as amended from time to time, including the Incremental Assumption Agreements (as defined below) and the May 2014 Amendment (as defined below), as “Affinion’s senior secured credit facility.”

On December 13, 2010, Affinion, as borrower, Affinion Holdings and certain of Affinion’s subsidiaries entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement with two of Affinion’s lenders (the “Revolver Incremental Assumption Agreement,” and together with the Term Loan Incremental Assumption Agreement, the “Incremental Assumption Agreements”), which resulted in an increase in the revolving credit facility from $125.0 million to $160.0 million, with a further increase to $165.0 million in January 2011. On February 11, 2011, Affinion, as borrower, Affinion Holdings and certain of Affinion’s subsidiaries entered into, and simultaneously closed under, the Term Loan Incremental Assumption Agreement, which resulted in an increase in the term loan facility from $875.0 million to $1.125 billion. On November 20, 2012, Affinion, as Borrower, and Affinion Holdings entered into an amendment to Affinion’s senior secured credit facility, which (i) increased the margins on LIBOR loans from 3.50% to 5.00% and on base rate loans from 2.50% to 4.00%, (ii) replaced the financial covenant requiring Affinion to maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio with a financial covenant requiring Affinion to maintain a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, and (iii) adjusted the ratios under the financial covenant requiring Affinion to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio. On December 12, 2013, in connection with the refinancing of Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes and Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes, Affinion, as Borrower, and Affinion Holdings entered into an amendment to Affinion’s senior secured credit facility, which (i) provided permission for the consummation of the exchange offers for Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes and Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes, (ii) removed the springing maturity provisions applicable to the term loan facility, (iii) modified the senior secured leverage ratio financial covenant in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility, (iv) provided additional flexibility for Affinion to make dividends to Affinion Holdings to be used to make certain payments with respect to Affinion Holdings’ indebtedness and to repay, repurchase or

42


redeem subordinated indebtedness of Affinion, and (v) increased the interest margins by 0.25% to 5.25% on LIBOR loa ns and 4.25% on base rate loans. The amendment became effective upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth therein, including the payment by Affinion of the consent fee equal to 0.25% of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all term loans and (ii) the revolving loan commitments in effect, in each case, held by each lender that entered into the amendment on the date of effectiveness of the amendment.

On May 20, 2014, Affinion, as borrower, and Affinion Holdings entered into an amendment to Affinion’s senior secured credit facility (the “May 2014 Amendment”), which (i) extended the maturity to April 30, 2018 of $775.0 million in aggregate principal amount of existing senior secured term loan and existing senior secured revolving loans, which loans were designated as first lien term loans, (ii) extended the maturity to October 31, 2018 of $377.9 million in aggregate principal amount of existing senior secured term loans on a second lien senior secured basis, which, together with additional borrowings obtained on the same terms, total $425.0 million, (iii) extended the maturity to January 29, 2018 of $80.0 million of the commitments (and related obligations) under the existing senior secured revolving credit facility on a first lien senior secured basis, (iv) reduced the commitments under the existing senior secured revolving credit facility by $85.0 million and (v) removed the existing financial covenant requiring Affinion to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio.

Affinion’s revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility and a swingline loan subfacility. Affinion’s first lien term loan facility provides for quarterly amortization payments totaling 1% per annum, with the balance payable upon the final maturity date. Affinion’s second lien term loan facility does not provide for quarterly amortization payments. Affinion’s senior secured credit facility also requires mandatory prepayments of the outstanding term loans based on excess cash flow (as defined), if any, and the proceeds from certain specified transactions. The interest rates with respect to Affinion’s first lien term loan and revolving loans under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (a) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.50%, in each case plus 5.25%, or (b) the highest of (i) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas’ prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and (iii) 2.50% (“ABR”), in each case plus 4.25%. The interest rates with respect to Affinion’s second lien term loan under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (a) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.50%, in each case plus 7.00%, or (b) the highest of (i) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas’ prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and (iii) 2.50%, in each case plus 6.00%. The weighted average interest rate on the First Lien Term Loan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 6.75% for each period and the weighted average interest rate on the Second Lien Term Loan for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 8.50% for each period. The weighted average interest rate on revolving credit facility borrowings for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was 8.0% and 7.8%, respectively. Affinion’s obligations under its senior secured credit facility are, and Affinion’s obligations under any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with a lender or any of its affiliates will be, guaranteed by Affinion Holdings and by each of Affinion’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. Affinion’s senior secured credit facility is secured to the extent legally permissible by substantially all the assets of (i) Affinion Holdings, which consists of a pledge of all of Affinion’s capital stock and (ii) Affinion and the subsidiary guarantors, including but not limited to: (a) a pledge of substantially all capital stock held by Affinion or any subsidiary guarantor and (b) security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Affinion and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions. Affinion’s senior secured credit facility also contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility include, among other things, limitations (all of which are subject to certain exceptions) on Affinion’s (and in certain cases, Affinion Holdings’) ability to declare dividends and make other distributions, redeem or repurchase its capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of Affinion’s subordinated indebtedness; make loans or investments (including acquisitions); incur additional indebtedness (subject to certain exceptions); enter into agreements that would restrict the ability of Affinion’s subsidiaries to pay dividends; merge or enter into acquisitions; sell Affinion’s assets; and enter into transactions with its affiliates.  Affinion’s senior secured credit facility also requires Affinion to comply with a financial maintenance covenant with a maximum ratio of senior secured debt (as defined in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility) to EBITDA (as defined in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility) of 4.25:1.00. Any borrowings under the revolving credit facility are available to fund Affinion’s working capital requirements, capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes.

Affinion Holdings’ 2010 Senior Notes

On October 5, 2010, Affinion Holdings issued $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 2010 senior notes. On November 16, 2015, Affinion Holdings used approximately $32.2 million to repay all of the then outstanding 2010 senior notes upon maturity. For a discussion of the exchange transactions that involved the reduction of the principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes prior to their maturity, see “—December 2013 Exchange Offers” and “—June 2014 Exchange Offer” below.

On August 24, 2011, pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes, Affinion Holdings completed a registered exchange offer and exchanged all of Affinion Holdings’ then-outstanding 2010 senior notes for a like principal amount of its 2010 senior notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

Affinion’s 2010 Senior Notes

43


On November 19, 2010, Affinion completed a private offering of $475.0 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes providing net proceeds of $471.5 million, which were subsequently regi stered under the Securities Act . Affinion’s 2010 senior notes bear interest at 7.875% per annum payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15 , 2011. Affinion’s 2010 senior notes will mature on December 15, 2018. Affinion’s 2010 senior notes are redeemable at Affinion’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes contains negative covenants which restrict the a bility of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion’s obligations under Affinion’s 2010 senior notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility (other than Affinion Investmen ts and Affinion Investments II ). Affinion’s 20 10 senior notes and guarantees thereof are senior unsecured obligations of Affinion and rank equally with all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future subordi nated indebtedness. Affinion’s 2010 senior notes are therefore effectively subordinated to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, including Affinion’s obligations under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility, to the ext ent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. Affinion’s 2010 senior notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of each of Affinion’s existing and future subsidiaries that are not guarantors, including th e Investments senior subordinated notes.

December 2013 Exchange Offers

In December 2013, Affinion Holdings and Affinion completed exchange offers and consent solicitations pursuant to which, among other things, (i) $292.8 million principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 11.625% senior notes due 2015 (Affinion Holdings’ “2010 senior notes”) were exchanged by the holders thereof for $292.8 million principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes, 13.5 million Series A Warrants and 70.2 million Series B Warrants, (ii) $352.9 million principal amount of Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes were exchanged by the holders thereof for $360.0 million principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Affinion Investments, (iii) Affinion issued $360.0 million principal amount of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes to Affinion Investments in exchange for all of Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes received by it in the exchange offer, (iv) Affinion Holdings entered into a supplemental indenture pursuant to which substantially all of the restrictive covenants were eliminated in the indenture governing Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes, and (v) Affinion entered into a supplemental indenture pursuant to which substantially all of the restrictive covenants were eliminated in the indenture governing Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes.

Prior to the consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, (a) the Series A Warrants were exercisable at any time at the option of the holders at an exercise price of $0.01 per share of Class B Common Stock and would have expired on December 12, 2023 and (b) the Series B Warrants were not exercisable until and unless on December 12, 2017, 5% or more in aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were then outstanding and unpaid, whereupon, if it were ever to occur, the Series B Warrants would have been exercisable from December 12, 2017 through December 12, 2023 at an exercise price of $0.01 per share of Class B Common Stock.

In connection with the December 2013 exchange, Affinion Holdings recognized a loss of $4.6 million, representing the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts of $2.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. In connection with the exchange offer and consent solicitation relating to Affinion Holdings’ 2010 senior notes and the issuance of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes, Affinion Holdings incurred financing costs of $4.7 million. In connection with the exchange offer and consent solicitation relating to Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes and the issuance of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes, Affinion incurred financing costs of $5.9 million, which are being amortized over the term of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes.

Payments required to service the additional indebtedness incurred in December 2013 substantially increased our liquidity requirements as compared to prior years due to higher principal amounts and higher interest rates associated with the new indebtedness incurred in December 2013 and the related amendment to Affinion’s senior secured credit facility that increased the applicable margins and the May 2014 Amendment to Affinion’s senior secured credit facility that included the issuance of second lien term debt as well as first lien term debt.

Affinion Holdings’ 2013 Senior Notes

Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes bear interest at 13.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2014. At Affinion Holdings’ option (subject to certain exceptions), it may elect to pay interest (i) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (ii) entirely by increasing the outstanding principal amount of its 2013 senior notes or by issuing PIK notes (“PIK Interest”), or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest; provided that if (i) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such interest payment, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in Affinion’s senior secured credit facility) of Affinion is less than or equal to 5.0:1.0 as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter preceding the interest payment date for which financial statements have been delivered to the agent under

44


Affinion’s senior secured credit facility and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, the Adjusted Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the note agreement governing the Inve stments senior subordinated notes) of Affinion is less than or equal to 5.0:1.0, then Affinion Holdings shall be required to pay interest on its 2013 senior notes for such interest period in cash. PIK Interest accrues at 13.75% per annum plus 0.75%. For th e first interest period ending September 15, 2014, Affinion Holdings paid interest by increasing the principal amount of its 2013 senior notes. Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2018. Affinion Holdings may redeem some or all of its 2013 senior notes at any time on or after December 12, 2016 at redemption prices (generally at a premium) set forth in the indenture governing its 2013 senior notes. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, up to 100% of Affinion Holdings’ outstand ing 2013 senior notes are redeemable at the option of Affinion Holdings , with the net proceeds raised by Affinion Holdings in one or more equity offerings, at 113.75% of their principal amount. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, Affinion Holdings’ 20 13 senior notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of its 2013 senior notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. Prior to the consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings’ 2013 s enior notes were senior secured obligations of Affinion Holdings and ranked pari passu in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of Affinion Holdings , junior in right of payment to all secured indebtedness of Affinion Holdings secu red by liens having priority to the liens securing its 2013 senior notes up to the value of the assets subject to such liens, and senior in right of payment to unsecured indebtedness of Affinion Holdings to the extent of the security of the collateral secu ring its 2013 senior notes and all future subordinated indebtedness of Affinion Holdings . Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were secured by (i) second-priority security interests in 100% of the capital stock of Affinion, which security interests are jun ior to the first priority security interests granted to the lenders under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility and (ii) first-priority security interests in all other assets of Affinion Holdings, including 100% of the capital stock of Affinion Net Pat ents, Inc. In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, the holders consented to the removal of all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to release the collateral securing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes. Following th e consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, approximately $13.1 million principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were outstanding.

Investments Senior Subordinated Notes

The Investments senior subordinated notes bear interest at 13.50% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2014. The Investments senior subordinated notes will mature on August 15, 2018. Affinion Investments may redeem some or all of the Investments senior subordinated notes at any time on or after December 12, 2016 at redemption prices (generally at a premium) set forth in the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, up to 35% of the outstanding Investments senior subordinated notes are redeemable at the option of Affinion Investments, with the net proceeds raised by Affinion or Affinion Holdings in one or more equity offerings, at 113.50% of their principal amount. In addition, prior to December 12, 2016, the Investments senior subordinated notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. The indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes contained negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion Investments, any future restricted subsidiaries of Affinion Investments and one of Affinion’s other wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantees the Investments senior subordinated notes to engage in certain transactions and also contained customary events of default. Affinion Investments’ obligations under the Investments senior subordinated notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Affinion Investments II. Each of Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II is an unrestricted subsidiary of Affinion and guarantees Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility but does not guarantee Affinion’s other indebtedness. The Investments senior subordinated notes and guarantee thereof are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of Affinion Investments, as issuer, and Affinion Investments II, as guarantor, and rank junior in right of payment to their respective guarantees of Affinion’s senior secured credit facility. Following the consummation of the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $22.6 million principal amount of Investments senior subordinated notes were outstanding. In connection with the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, the holders consented to the removal of all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions in the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes.

Affinion’s 2013 Senior Subordinated Notes

On December 12, 2013, Affinion Investments exchanged with Affinion all of Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes received by it in the exchange offer for Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes. Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes bear interest at 13.50% per annum payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2014. Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes will mature on August 15, 2018. Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes are redeemable at Affinion’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion’s obligations under Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility (other than Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II). Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of Affinion’s and rank junior to all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, pari passu with Affinion’s 2006 senior subordinated notes and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness. Although Affinion

45


Investments is the only holder of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes, the trustee for the Investments se nior subordinated notes and holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes will have the right as third party beneficiaries to enforce the remedies available to Affinion Investments against Affinion, and Affini on Investments will not be able to amend the covenants in the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes in favor of Affinion unless it has received consent from the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the out standing Investments senior subordinated notes.  In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, the holders consented to the removal of all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions from the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 s enior subordinated notes.

June 2014 Exchange Offer

On June 9, 2014, Affinion Holdings completed an offer to exchange Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes for Affinion Holdings’ Series A Warrants to purchase shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock. In connection with the exchange offer, approximately $88.7 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for Series A Warrants to purchase up to approximately 30.3 million shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock. In addition, on June 9, 2014, in connection with a pre-emptive rights offer, Affinion Holdings issued Series A Warrants to purchase up to approximately 1.2 million shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock in exchange for cash proceeds of approximately $3.8 million.

2015 Exchange Offers and 2015 Rights Offering

On November 9, 2015, (a) Affinion Holdings completed the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer to exchange its outstanding 2013 senior notes for shares of Common Stock of Affinion Holdings, (b) Affinion Investments completed the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer to exchange its outstanding Investments senior subordinated notes for shares of Common Stock of Affinion Holdings, and (c) Affinion Holdings and Affinion International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Affinion, jointly completed the 2015 Rights Offering giving holders of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the Investments senior subordinated notes who fully participated in the 2015 Exchange Offers the right to purchase an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of International Notes and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate cash purchase price of $110.0 million. Under the terms of the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes tendered during the offer period, holders received 7.15066 shares of Common Stock. Under the terms of the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes tendered during the offer period, holders received 15.52274 shares of Common Stock. Under certain circumstances, certain holders would have received Limited Warrants of Affinion Holdings that would have been convertible into shares of Common Stock upon certain conditions. Pursuant to the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, approximately $247.4 million of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for 1,769,104 shares of Common Stock and pursuant to the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $337.3 million of Investments senior subordinated notes were exchanged for 5,236,517 shares of Common Stock. No Limited Warrants were issued in the 2015 Exchange Offers. Upon closing of the 2015 Exchange Offers, there remained outstanding approximately $13.1 million aggregate principal amount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and $22.6 million aggregate principal amount of Investments senior subordinated notes. In connection with the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer, Affinion paid $14.7 million for financing costs.

Immediately after the consummation of the 2015 Holdings Exchange Offer, (i) Affinion Holdings contributed to Affinion a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to pay the consideration for the Investments senior subordinated notes in the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer; (ii) Affinion then used such shares of Common Stock to repurchase for cancellation its Affinion 2013 senior subordinated notes from Affinion Investments in the same principal amount as the principal amount of Investments senior subordinated notes accepted for exchange in the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer; and (iii) Affinion Investments then used such shares of Common Stock to repurchase for cancellation the tendered Investments senior subordinated notes.

Concurrently with the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings and Affinion Investments successfully solicited consents (the “2015 Consent Solicitations”) from holders to certain amendments to (a) the indenture governing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to release the collateral securing Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes, (b) the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions, and (c) the note agreement governing Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to permit the repurchase and cancellation of Affinion’s 2013 senior subordinated notes by Affinion in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of the Investments senior subordinated notes repurchased or redeemed by Affinion Investments at any time, including pursuant to the 2015 Investments Exchange Offer.

In connection with the 2015 Exchange Offers, Affinion Holdings and Affinion International jointly conducted the 2015 Rights Offering for International Notes and shares of Common Stock. The 2015 Rights Offering was for an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million of International Notes and up to 2,483,333 shares of Common Stock. Each unit sold in the 2015 Rights Offering consisted of (1) $1,000 principal amount of International Notes and (2) 22.57576 shares of Common Stock, and was sold at a purchase price per unit of $1,000. Each holder that properly tendered for exchange, and did not validly withdraw, all of their Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and the Investments senior subordinated notes in the 2015 Exchange Offers received non-certificated rights to subscribe for rights offering units. In connection with the 2015 Rights Offering, Empyrean Capital Partners, L.P. agreed to purchase

46


any rights offering units that were unpurchased in the 2015 Rights Offering (the “Backstop”). Pursuant to the 2015 Rights Offering and the Backstop, Affinion International received cash of approximately $110.0 million in exchange for $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of International Notes and 2,021,042 sh ares of Common Stock and a Limited Warrant to purchase up to 462,266 shares of Common Stock. The net cash proceeds from the 2015 Rights Offering will be used for working capital purposes of Affinion International and the Foreign Guarantors (as defined belo w) and to repay certain intercompany loans owed by Affinion International to Affinion and its domestic subsidiaries. Affinion will use such intercompany loan repayment proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to repay borrowings under its revolvi ng credit facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the 2015 Transactions.

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, 2015 Consent Solicitations and 2015 Rights Offering, Affinion Holdings effected the Reclassification as follows.  Affinion Holdings’ existing Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock issued as a result of a mandatory cashless exercise of all of its Series A Warrants) was converted into (i) shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class C Common Stock, that on an as-converted basis represented 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, and (ii) shares of Affinion Holdings’ Class D Common Stock, that on an as-converted basis represented 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. In addition, Affinion Holdings’ Series A Warrants and Affinion Holdings’ Class B Common Stock were eliminated from Affinion Holdings’ certificate of incorporation and Affinion Holdings’ Series B Warrants were cancelled for no additional consideration.

Upon consummation of the 2015 Exchange Offers, the Apollo Funds and General Atlantic ceased to have beneficial ownership of any Common Stock.

International Notes

The International Notes bear interest at 7.5% per annum, of which 3.5% per annum is payable in cash (“International Cash Interest”) and 4.0% per annum is payable by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding International Notes or by issuing International Notes (“International PIK Interest”); provided, that all of the accrued interest on the International Notes from the issue date to, but not including, May 1, 2016 was payable on May 1, 2016 entirely as International PIK Interest. Interest on the International Notes is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on May 1, 2016. The International Notes will mature on July 30, 2018. The International Notes are redeemable at Affinion International’s option prior to maturity. The indenture governing the International Notes contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion International, Affinion and their respective restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. Affinion International’s obligations under the International Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of Affinion’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Affinion’s indebtedness under its senior secured credit facility (other than Affinion Investments and Affinion Investments II, and additionally including (such additional guarantors, the “Foreign Guarantors”) Affinion International Limited, Affinion International Travel HoldCo Limited, Webloyalty International Limited, Loyalty Ventures Limited, Bassae Holding B.V., Webloyalty Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and Webloyalty International S.à r.l.). The International Notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior obligations of Affinion International’s and rank equally with all of Affinion International’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to Affinion International’s and the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA consists of income from operations before depreciation and amortization further adjusted to exclude non-cash and unusual items and other adjustments permitted in Affinion’s debt agreements to test the permissibility of certain types of transactions, including debt incurrence. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate as a liquidity measure. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of liquidity or financial performance under U.S. GAAP and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as an indicator of cash flows, as a measure of liquidity, as an alternative to operating or net income determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as an indicator of operating performance.

47


Set forth below is a reconciliation of our consolidated net income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings , Inc. for the twelve months ended Ma rch 31, 2017 to Adjusted EBITDA .

 

 

 

For the Twelve

 

 

 

Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31, 2017 (a)

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Net income attributable to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

$

20.7

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

109.3

 

Income tax expense

 

 

6.7

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

0.8

 

Other income, net

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

53.7

 

Effect of purchase accounting, reorganizations

   and non-recurring revenues and gains (b)

 

 

 

Certain legal costs (c)

 

 

15.6

 

Net cost savings (d)

 

 

7.7

 

Other, net (e)

 

 

20.9

 

Adjusted EBITDA, excluding pro forma adjustments (f)

 

 

235.4

 

Effect of the pro forma adjustments (g)

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA, including pro forma adjustments (h)

 

$

235.4

 

 

(a)

Represents consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2016, minus consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2016, plus consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

(b)

Eliminates the effect of purchase accounting related to the Apollo Transactions.

(c)

Represents the elimination of legal costs for certain legal matters.

(d)

Represents the elimination of costs associated with severance incurred.

(e)

Eliminates (i) net changes in certain reserves, (ii) share-based compensation expense, (iii) foreign currency gains and losses related to unusual, non-recurring intercompany transactions, (iv) costs associated with certain strategic and corporate development activities, including business optimization, and (v) facility exit costs.

(f)

Adjusted EBITDA, excluding pro forma adjustments, does not give pro forma effect to the projected annualized benefits of restructurings and other cost savings initiatives. However, we do make such accretive pro forma adjustments as if such restructurings and cost savings initiatives had occurred on April 1, 2016 in calculating the Adjusted EBITDA under Affinion’s senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes.

(g)

Gives effect to the projected annualized benefits of restructurings and other cost savings initiatives as if such restructurings and cost savings initiatives had occurred on April 1, 2016.

(h)

Adjusted EBITDA, including pro forma adjustments, gives pro forma effect to the adjustments discussed in (f) above.

Debt Repurchases

We or our affiliates have, in the past, and may, from time to time in the future, purchase any of our or Affinion’s  indebtedness. Any such future purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we or any such affiliates may determine.

As described in more detail below under “—Subsequent Events,” on May 10, 2017, we consummated the 2017 Transactions. As a result, our long-term debt following the 2017 Transactions will consist of the New Credit Facility, which will have a maturity of 5 years, and the New Notes, which will have a maturity of 5.5 years. Following the consummation of the 2017 Transactions, our primary sources of liquidity on both a short-term and long-term basis will be our cash on hand and cash generated through operating and financing activities. Our primary cash needs will be to service our indebtedness and for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Many of the Company’s significant costs are variable in nature, including marketing and commissions. The Company has a great degree of flexibility in the amount and timing of marketing expenditures and focuses its marketing expenditures on its most profitable marketing opportunities. Commissions correspond directly with revenue generated and have been decreasing as a percentage of revenue over the last several years. In addition, the 2017 Transactions provided us with significant benefits by refinancing all of our 2018 debt maturities through 2022 and, based on current interest rates, by reducing our annualized cash interest payments by approximately $10 million since interest on the New Notes will be payable in kind for at least the next 18 months. We believe, based on consummation of the 2017 Transactions, our current operations and new business prospects, coupled with our flexibility in the amount and timing of marketing expenditures, that our cash on hand and borrowing availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months and in the foreseeable future, including the $3.4 million quarterly amortization payments on our New First Lien Term Loan Facility under our New Credit Facility. In addition, we do not expect to be required to make any excess cash flow or other mandatory prepayments in the near future under our New Credit Facility.

48


Liquidity and Capital Resources Following the 2017 Transactions

Affinion Holdings is a holding company, with no direct operations and no significant assets other than the ownership of 100% of the stock of Affinion. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, our cash flows and our ability to service our indebtedness is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings, but will not be limited by our debt agreements following the 2017 Transactions consisting of the New Credit Facility and the indenture governing the New Notes.

Although we historically have a working capital deficit, a major factor included in this deficit is deferred revenue resulting from the cash collected from annual memberships that is deferred until the appropriate refund period has concluded. As the membership base continues to shift away from memberships billed annually to memberships billed monthly, it will have a negative effect on our operating cash flow. However, we anticipate that in future periods the reduced cash interest expense will favorably impact the operating cash and offset the working capital deficit that will continue for the foreseeable future. In spite of our historical working capital deficit, we expect that we will continue to be able to operate effectively primarily due to our cash flows from operations and our available New Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, during 2017 and 2018, our required quarterly amortization payments under the New First Lien Term Loan will be nominal and we also do not currently anticipate any other mandatory principal prepayments under the New First Lien Term Loan.

Subsequent Event

On May 10, 2017, Affinion entered into a new credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) having a five-year maturity with a lender, pursuant to which the lender provided term loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to approximately $1.3 billion and committed to provide revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $110.0 million, decreasing to $80.0 million on the first anniversary of the closing date. The proceeds of the term loans were used by Affinion to refinance its existing senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement Refinancing”), to redeem in full the International Notes (the “International Notes Redemption”), to pay transaction fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. The term loans provide for quarterly amortization payments totaling (i) for the first two years after the closing date, 1% per annum, (ii) for the third year after the closing date, 2.5% per annum, and (iii) for each year thereafter, 5% per annum, in each case, payable quarterly, with the balance due upon the final maturity date, subject in each case, to reduction of such amortization payments for certain prepayments. The New Credit Facility also requires mandatory prepayments of the outstanding term loans based on excess cash flow (as defined), if any, and the proceeds from certain specified transactions.

The interest rates with respect to the term loans and revolving loans under the New Credit Facility are based on, at Affinion’s option, (x) the higher of (i) adjusted LIBOR and (ii) 1.00%, in each case, plus 7.75%, or (y) the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%, and (iii) 2.00% (“ABR”) in each case plus 6.75%.

Affinion’s obligations under the New Credit Facility are, and Affinion’s obligations under any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with a lender or any of its affiliates will be, guaranteed by Affinion Holdings and by each of Affinion’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The New Credit Facility is secured on a first-priority basis to the extent legally permissible by substantially all of the assets of (i) Affinion Holdings, which consists of a pledge of all the Company’s capital stock and (ii) Affinion and the subsidiary guarantors, including but not limited to: (a) a pledge of substantially all capital stock held by Affinion or any subsidiary guarantor and (b) security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Affinion and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions. The New Credit Facility also contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants in the New Credit Facility include, among other things, limitations (all of which are subject to certain exceptions) on Affinion’s (and in certain cases, Affinion Holdings’) ability to: declare dividends and make other distributions, redeem or repurchase Affinion’s capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of Affinion’s subordinated indebtedness; make loans or investments (including acquisitions); incur additional indebtedness (subject to certain exceptions); enter into agreements that would restrict the ability of Affinion’s subsidiaries to pay dividends; merge or enter into acquisitions; sell assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. The New Credit Facility requires Affinion to comply with (a) a maximum ratio of senior secured debt to EBITDA (as defined in the New Credit Facility) and (y) a minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges. For the quarter ending June 30, 2017, the maximum ratio of senior secured debt to EBITDA will be 7.5:1.0 and the minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges will be 1.0:1.0.

49


On May 10, 2017, (a) Affinion complete d a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “AGI Exchange Offer”) Affinion’s 2010 senior notes for (i) new Senior Cash 12.5%/ PIK Step-Up to 15.5% Notes due 2022 of Affinion (the “New Notes”) and warrants to acqu ire the Common Stock of Affinion Holdings (the “New Warrants”) or (ii) cash; (b) Affinion Holdings completed a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “Holdings Exchange Offer”) Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior not es for (i) New Notes and New Warrants or (ii) cash; and (c) Affinion Investments completed a private offer to exchange or repurchase at the holder’s election (collectively, the “Investments Exchange Offer,” and, together with the AGI Exchange Offer and the Holdings Exchange Offer, the “Exchange Offers”) Investments’ senior subordinated notes for (i) New Notes and New Warrants or (ii) cash.  Under the terms of the AGI Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes accepted i n the AGI Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $930 in cash.  Under the terms of the Holdings Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal am ount of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes accepted in the Holdings Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $700 in cash.  Under the terms of the Investments Exchange Offer, for each $1,000 principal amount of Investments’ senior subordinated notes accepted in the Investments Exchange Offer, holders could elect to receive (i)(A) $1,000 principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchas e 3.37 shares of Common Stock or (B) $880 in cash. Pursuant to the AGI Exchange Offer, approximately $ 269. 7 million of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes were exchanged for approximately $ 277.8 million of New Notes, New Warrants to purchase 1,103,203 shares of Common Stock and approximately $ 4 17 , 386 in cash; pursuant to the Holdings Exchange Offer, approximately $ 4.6 million of Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes were exchanged for approximately $ 4.7 million of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 1 8,539 shares of Common Stock; and pursuant to the Investments Exchange Offer, approximately $ 12.4 million of Investments’ senior subordinated notes were exchanged for approximately $ 12.8 million of New Notes, New Warrants to purchase 51,005 shares of Comm on Stock and approximately $ 912 in cash. Affinion used the proceeds of the New Notes issued pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement (as defined below) to pay the cash tender consideration to participating holders in the Exchange Offers.

Concurrently with the Exchange Offers, Affinion and Affinion Investments successfully solicited consents from holders to certain amendments to (a) the indenture governing Affinion’s 2010 senior notes to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions and to reduce from 30 days to three business days the minimum notice period for optional redemptions, and (b) the indenture governing the Investments senior subordinated notes to reduce from 30 days to three business days the minimum notice period for optional redemptions.

The New Notes bear interest at the rate per annum as follows:

For any interest payment period ending on or prior to the date that is the 18 month anniversary of the settlement date of the Exchange Offers (the “Settlement Date”), Affinion may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the New Notes (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”) at a rate per annum of 12.50% or (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding New Notes or by issuing PIK notes (“PIK Interest”) at a rate per annum of 14.00%, provided that interest for the first interest period commencing on the Settlement Date shall be payable entirely in PIK Interest.  

50


For any interest payment period ending after the date that is the 18 month a nniversary of the Settlement Date, (i) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the indenture governing the New Notes (the “New Notes Indenture”)) would be le ss than or equal to 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the New Notes Indenture) would be greater than or equal to 1.375 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled interest payment date for which internal financial statements are available, and Affinion’s Average Liquidity (as defined in the New Notes Indenture) less the amount of the anticipated cash interest payment is equal to or greater than $80,000,000 as of the record date for such interest payment, then Affinion shall be required to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period entirely in Cash Interest at a rate per annum of 12.50%, (ii) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than or equal to 1.250 to 1.000 but less than 1.375 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled interest payment date for which internal financial statements are available, and Affinion’s Averag e Liquidity less the amount of the anticipated cash interest payment is equal to or greater than $80,000,000 as of the record date for such interest payment, then Affinion shall be required to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period as a com bination (“Combined Interest”) of Cash Interest at a rate per annum of 6.50% and PIK Interest at a rate per annum of 7.50% and (iii) if immediately after giving effect to such interest payment, on a pro forma basis, Affinion’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be greater than 4.375 to 1.000, Affinion’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be less than 1.250 to 1.000, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Affinion immediately preceding the scheduled int erest payment date for which internal financial statements are available, or Affinion’s Average Liquidity less the amount of the anticipated cash interest payment is less than $80,000,000 as of the record date for such interest payment, then Affinion may e lect to pay interest on the New Notes for such interest period as PIK Interest at a rate per annum of: (x) 14.75% for any interest payment period ending on or prior to the date that is the 30 month anniversary of the Settlement Date and (y) 15.50% for any interest payment period ending after the date that is the 30 month anniversary of the Settlement Date; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the aforementioned ratios are satisfied and require Affinion to either pay Cash Interest or Combined Intere st for any interest period, as applicable, any restriction in the New Credit Facility on the payment of such interest shall not relieve Affinion of such obligation to pay Cash Interest or Combined Interest, as applicable, for such interest period and Affin ion shall take all such actions as may be required in order to permit such payment of Cash Interest or Combined Interest, as applicable, for such interest period under the New Credit Facility (including, without limitation, any required repayment of outsta nding borrowings under the revolving facility under the New Credit Facility).

Interest on the New Notes is payable semi-annually on May 10 and November 10 of each year, commencing on November 10, 2017. The New Notes will mature on November 10, 2022. Under certain circumstances, the New Notes are redeemable at Affinion’s option prior to maturity. If the New Notes are not so redeemed by Affinion, under certain circumstances, Affinion may be required to make an offer to purchase New Notes. The New Notes Indenture contains negative covenants which restrict the ability of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions and also contains customary events of default. In addition, the covenants will restrict Affinion Holdings’ ability to engage in certain businesses or business activities. Affinion will not be required to deliver any separate reports to holders or financial statements or other information of Affinion and its restricted subsidiaries as long as Affinion Holdings is a guarantor of the New Notes and files such reports with the SEC. Affinion’s obligations under the New Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the same entities that guarantee the New Credit Facility. The New Notes and guarantees thereof are unsecured senior obligations of Affinion and each of the guarantors and rank equally with all of Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including obligations under the New Credit Facility, and senior to Affinion’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness.  

Previously, in connection with the Exchange Offers, on March 31, 2017, affiliates of Elliott Management Corporation (“Elliott”), Franklin Mutual Quest Fund, an affiliate of Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“Franklin”), affiliates of Empyrean Capital Partners, LP (“Empyrean”), and Metro SPV LLC, an affiliate of ICG Strategic Secondaries Advisors LLC (“ICG”) (collectively, in such capacity, the “Investors”) entered into an investor purchase agreement (the “Investor Purchase Agreement”) with Affinion Holdings, Affinion and Affinion Investments, in which they agreed to purchase New Notes in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to pay all holders that participate in the Exchange Offers and elect to receive cash. Further, pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement, if Affinion Holdings, Affinion or Affinion Investments exercised its option to redeem any of Affinion’s 2010 senior notes, Affinion Holdings’ 2013 senior notes and/or Investments’ senior subordinated notes not tendered in the Exchange Offers, the Company could obligate the Investors to purchase an aggregate principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants that would yield sufficient cash proceeds to fund any such redemptions. On May 10, 2017, Affinion exercised its option to redeem the Existing AGI Notes and irrevocably deposited the cash redemption price on such date in order to satisfy and discharge its obligations under the indenture governing the Existing AGI Notes. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Investor Purchase Agreement, Affinion was required to pay to the Investors upon the closing of the Exchange Offers a commitment premium of $17.5 million in aggregate principal amount of New Notes and the same number of New Warrants that such principal amount of New Notes would have been issued with as part of the Exchange Offers.

51


Accordingly, on May 10, 2017, Affinion issued approximately $ 532.6 million aggregate principal amount of New Notes and New Warra nts to purchase 3,974,581 shares of Common Stock, of which (i) approximately $ 29 5 . 3 million principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 1,172,747 shares of Common Stock were issued to participating holders (including the Investors) in the Ex change Offers and (ii) approximately $ 237.3 million principal amount of New Notes and New Warrants to purchase 2, 801 , 834 shares of Common Stock were issued to the Investors  pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement to fund the cash consideration payable in the Exchange Offers and the cash redemption price for the balance of the Existing AGI Notes that were not exchanged or tendered in the AGI Exchange Offer and to pay the commitment premium under the Investor Purchase Agreement. The New Warrants received by the Investors on May 10, 2017, represented approximately 26.7 % of the pro forma fully diluted ownership of Affinion Holdings after giving effect to issuances pursuant to the Exchange Offers and the Investor Purchase Agreement, but without giving effect to options and restricted stock units granted under Affinion Holdings’ management compensa tion and incentive plans . The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the New Warra nts, as described herein, reflects the application of the anti-dilution protections of the New Warrants issued in the Exchange Offers and pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement (other than the New Warrants issued as part of the funding premium) that a re triggered by the issuance of New Warrants as part of the funding premium .   

In connection with the Exchange Offers and the Investor Purchase Agreement, and in accordance with Affinion Holdings’ obligations under the Shareholders Agreement, due to the issuance of the New Warrants in the Exchange Offers and pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement, Affinion Holdings expects to offer (the “Pre-Emptive Rights Offer”) to each holder of pre-emptive rights (“Pre-Emptive Rights Holder”) the right to purchase with cash up to such Pre-Emptive Rights Holder’s pro rata share (as determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement) of  New Warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per New Warrant.  

The Company is evaluating the accounting for these transactions, including treatment of the debt issuance costs, for which there will be significant charges that impact future periods, as with previous debt transactions.

Critical Accounting Policies

In presenting our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported therein. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, accounting for marketing costs, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, and valuation of tax assets and liabilities could potentially affect our reported results and as such, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Several of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make relate to matters that are inherently uncertain, as they pertain to future events. However, certain events outside our control cannot be predicted and, as such, they cannot be contemplated in evaluating such estimates and assumptions. We believe that the estimates and assumptions used when preparing our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were the most appropriate at the time. Significant estimates include accounting for profit sharing receivables from insurance carriers, accruals and income tax valuation allowances, litigation accruals, estimated fair value of stock based compensation, estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and estimated fair values of financial instruments. In addition, we refer you to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, included in our Form 10-K for a summary of our significant accounting policies.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The following table provides information about the Company’s financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 31, 2017 (dollars are in millions unless otherwise indicated):  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value At

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Fixed rate debt

 

$

 

 

$

643.2

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

643.2

 

 

$

556.1

 

Average interest rate

 

 

8.17

%

 

 

8.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate debt

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

1,169.0

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,176.8

 

 

$

1,162.3

 

Average interest rate (a)

 

 

7.38

%

 

 

7.68

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Average interest rate is based on rates in effect at March 31, 2017.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

On a limited basis the Company has entered into 30 day foreign currency forward contracts, and upon expiration of the contracts, entered into successive 30 day foreign currency forward contracts. The contracts have been entered into to mitigate the

52


Company’s foreign currency exposures related to intercompany loans which are not expected to be repaid within the next twelve months and that are denominated in Euros and British pounds. At March 31 , 201 7 , the Company had in place contracts to sell EUR 10 . 0 million and receive $ 10.8 million and to sell GBP 13.9 million and receive $ 17.2 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized a realized loss on the forward contracts of $0.6 million and a realized gain on the forward contracts of $0.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had an immaterial unrealized loss on the foreign currency forward contracts.

At March 31, 2017, the Company’s estimated fair values of its foreign currency forward contracts are based upon available market information. The fair value of a foreign currency forward contract is based on significant other observable inputs, adjusted for contract restrictions and other terms specific to the foreign currency forward contracts. The fair values have been determined after consideration of foreign currency exchange rates and the creditworthiness of the parties to the foreign currency forward contracts. The counterparty to the foreign currency forward contracts is a major financial institution. The Company does not expect any losses from non-performance by the counterparty.

Credit Risk and Exposure

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of receivables, profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers and prepaid commissions. We manage such risk by evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties. Receivables and profit-sharing receivables from insurance carriers are from various marketing, insurance and business partners and we maintain an allowance for losses, based upon expected collectability. Commission advances are periodically evaluated as to recovery.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Control and Procedures . The Company, under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has established disclosure controls and procedures (“Disclosure Controls”) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. The Disclosure Controls are also intended to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls or our “internal controls over financial reporting” (“Internal Controls”) will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

As of March 31, 2017, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon their evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of March 31, 2017, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting . There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

53


PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceeding.

Information required by this Item is contained in Note 7 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements within Part I of this Form 10-Q.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

None.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity in Securities and Use of Proceeds.

None.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

None.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure.

Not applicable.

 

 

Item 5. Other Information.

None.

 

54


Item 6. Ex hibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1*

 

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 31, 2017, to the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto.

 

10.2*

 

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto.

 

10.3

 

 

Investor Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, by and among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.,

Affinion Group, Inc., Affinion Investments, LLC, affiliates of Elliott Management Corporation, Franklin

Mutual Quest Fund, affiliates of Empyrean Capital Partners, LP, and Metro SPV LLC (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC

on March 31, 2017, File No. 000-55577).

 

31.1*

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

32.1**

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

32.2**

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

101.INS XBRL*

 

Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

101.CAL XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

 

101.DEF XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

101.LAB XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

 

101.PRE XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

 

 

 

55


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Date:

May 12, 2017

By:

    / S /  Gregory S. Miller         

 

 

 

     Gregory S. Miller

 

 

 

     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

S-1


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1*

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 31, 2017, to the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto.

 

10.2*

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto.

 

10.3

 

 

 

Investor Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, by and among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc., Affinion Group, Inc., Affinion Investments, LLC, affiliates of Elliott Management Corporation, Franklin Mutual Quest Fund, affiliates of Empyrean Capital Partners, LP, and Metro SPV LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2017, File No. 000-55577)..

 

31.1*

 

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

32.1**

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

32.2**

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

101.INS XBRL*

 

Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

101.CAL XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

 

101.DEF XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

101.LAB XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

 

101.PRE XBRL*

 

Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of March 31, 2017 and, effective as of, and conditioned on, the consummation of the Exchange Offers (as defined below), is made by Affinion Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. The Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, as amended on October 4, 2016, with the investors party thereto (as amended, the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), to which various investors executed joinders in connection with the exchange offers and rights offering of the Company and its subsidiaries which were consummated on November 9, 2015.

B. In connection with exchange offers being proposed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, launching on or about the date hereof, pursuant to which the Company and such subsidiaries are seeking to exchange for new notes or cash up to all of the Company’s and such subsidiaries’ currently outstanding notes (the “ Exchange Offers ”), the Company desires to amend the Shareholders Agreement as set forth herein.

C. Pursuant to Sections 2.1(b)(i) and 6.11(c) of the Shareholders Agreement, prior to a Public Listing the Company is obligated to take all necessary action to cause the Board to be comprised of six (6) directors.

D. The Company desires to amend Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Shareholders Agreement to (i) change the size of the Board to seven (7) directors and (ii) grant authority to the Board, acting in its sole discretion, to increase the size of the Board to up to nine (9) directors.

E. The holders of Outstanding Company Common Stock whose approval constitutes a Stockholder Majority Vote have consented to this Amendment by written consent, effective as of March 31, 2017.


 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Shareholders Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows :

 

1.

Amendment to the Shareholders Agreement

Section 2.1(b)(i) – Board of Directors – Election of Directors .  Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Shareholders Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

The board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) shall be comprised of seven (7) Directors, divided as evenly as possible into three (3) classes of Directors, and the Board, acting in its sole discretion, may increase such number of Directors to up to nine (9) Directors.  

 

2.

Miscellaneous .

 

a.

The provisions of Sections 6.3 to 6.7 and 6.11 to 6.19 of the Shareholders Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, mutatis mutandis , as if such provisions were set forth fully herein.

 

b.

This Amendment, the Shareholders Agreement and the other agreements expressly referenced in the Shareholders Agreement constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement among the Company and the Stockholders with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior written and oral statements by and among the Company and the Stockholders or any of them, and except as otherwise specifically contemplated by this Amendment or the Shareholders Agreement, no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Amendment or the Shareholders Agreement will be binding on the Stockholders or the Company or have any force or effect whatsoever.  

 

c.

Except as specifically amended hereby, the Shareholders Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

* ****

 

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , t his Amendment is executed by the undersigned to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:  

/s/ Gregory S. Miller

 

Name:

Gregory S. Miller

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

INVESTORS :

 

ARES DYNAMIC CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND, INC.

 

ARES STRATEGIC INVESTMENT PARTNERS LTD.

 

By: Ares Capital Management II LLC, its Adviser

 

 

BY: ARES STRATEGIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC, AS INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

FUTURE FUND BOARD OF GUARDIANS

 

ASIP (HOLDCO) IV S. À .R.L.

 

 

BY: ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY ADVISOR IV, L.P., ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER (ON BEHALF OF THE ASIP II SUB-ACCOUNT)

By: ASIP OPERATING MANAGER IV LLC, ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

BY: ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY ADVISOR IV GP, LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transatlantic Reinsurance Company

 

RSUI Indemnity Company

 

By: Ares ASIP VII Management, L.P., its Portfolio Manager

 

By: Ares ASIP VII Management, L.P., its Portfolio Manager

 

By: Ares ASIP VII GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

By: Ares ASIP VII GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

ANTHEM, INC.

 

ARES SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

BY: ARES WLP MANAGEMENT L.P., ITS MANAGER

 

BY: ASSF OPERATING MANAGER III, LLC, ITS MANAGER

 

 

 

 

BY: ARES WLP MANAGEMENT GP LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Moore

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jeff Moore

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Hayward

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

THIRD AVENUE TRUST, ON BEHALF OF THIRD AVENUE FOCUSED FUND

 

 

 

 

By:

Third Avenue Management LLC, its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

By:  

/s/ W. James Hall

 

Name:

W. James Hall

 

Title:

General Counsel

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

EMPYREAN CAPITAL MASTER OVERSEAS FUND, LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C. Martin Meekins

 

Name:

C. Martin Meekins

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

P EMP LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C. Martin Meekins

 

Name:

C. Martin Meekins

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS U.S. LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brit Stickney

 

Name:

Brit Stickney

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

On behalf of:

NAME:

AllianzGI Convertible & Income Fund - HY

AllianzGI Convertible & Income Fund II - HY

AllianzGI Income & Growth High Yield

Allianz US High Yield

Allianz Income and Growth Fund – High Yield Sleeve

Allianz Target Return Bond US – HY Sub

AllianzGI High Yield Bond Fund

Allianz US High Yield Selection 2

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

Title:

PennantPark Credit Opportunities Fund II, LP Managing Member of PennantPark Capital, LLC, the General Partner of the Fund

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rich VanderMass

 

Name:

Rich VanderMass

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

Symphony Asset Management LLC as investment advisor and/or Collateral Manager to clients who are Investors

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith MacDonald

 

Name:

Judith MacDonald

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]


 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

Millco Advisors L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tim Chizak

 

Name:

Tim Chizak

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Shareholders Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 31, 2017, and effective as of, and conditioned on, the consummation of the Exchange Offers, is entered into by and among Affinion Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the holders party to the Old Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below) and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders party thereto entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015 (the “ Old Registration Rights Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Holders desire to amend and restate the terms of the Old Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the issuance of new warrants (“ New Warrants ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) in the Exchange Offers and Investor Purchase Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Offering Memorandum and Consent Solicitation Statement dated on or about April 3, 2017, as amended or supplemented on the date hereof (the “ Offering Memorandum ”) and the Investor Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, as a condition to the New Warrant Holders (as defined herein) subscribing for New Warrants, the Company has agreed, with the requisite consent of the existing Holders, to grant to the New Warrant Holders and their respective permitted assignees and transferees certain specific rights and privileges as set forth in Article II hereof in addition to the changes to the Old Registration Rights Agreement that will affect the rights of all Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized by law to close.

By-Laws ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, dated as of November 9, 2015, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

111027306

 


Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of November 9 , 201 5 , as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock Equivalents ” means securities (including, without limitation, the New Warrants) exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Common Stock.

Demand Registration ” means a Demand Registration as defined in Section 2.2 .

End of Suspension Notice ” means an End of Suspension Notice as defined in Section 2.5 .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offers ” has the meaning set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Holder ” means any Holder who is the record owner of any Registrable Security or any assignee or transferee of such Registrable Security (including assignments or transfers of Registrable Securities to such assignees or transferees as a result of the foreclosure on any loans secured by such Registrable Securities) to the extent (a) permitted under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Shareholders Agreement and (b) such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions hereof, unless such Registrable Security is acquired in a public distribution pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act and in either case where securities sold in such transaction may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

Indemnified Party ” means an Indemnified Party as defined in Section 2.10 .

Indemnifying Party ” means an Indemnifying Party as defined in Section 2.10 .

Inspector ” means an Inspector as defined in Section 2.6 .

Investor Purchase Agreement ” means that certain investment purchase agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and among the Company and certain investors party thereto.

IPO ” means a bona fide , marketed underwritten initial public offering after which closing such capital is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market or listed or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange acceptable to the board of directors of the Company.

New Warrant Holders ” means Elliott Management Corp., Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC and their respective Affiliates.

Notice and Questionnaire ” means a written notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A , delivered by a Holder to the Company (i) notifying the Company of such Holder’s desire to include Registrable Securities held by it in a Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) containing all information about such Holder required to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with applicable law, including Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time

2

 


to time, or any similar successor rule thereto, and (iii) pursuant to which such Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

Old Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Old Registration Rights Agreement as defined in the recitals.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Piggy-Back Registration ” means a Piggy-Back Registration as defined in Section 2.3 .

Registrable Securities ” means any Common Stock (including any issuable or issued upon exercise, exchange or conversion of any Common Stock Equivalents) at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by any Holder and any additional securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable in respect of any Common Stock by way of conversion, dividend, stock-split, distribution or exchange, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transactions until (i) a registration statement covering such shares has been declared effective by the Commission and such shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such shares have been publicly sold under Rule 144 or (iii) such shares have been otherwise transferred in a transaction that constitutes a sale thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered to the Holder’s transferee a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares not bearing the Securities Act restricted stock legend and such shares may be resold or otherwise transferred by such transferee without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

Registration Expenses ” means Registration Expenses as defined in Section 2.7 .

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Requested Shares ” means Requested Shares as defined in Section 2.1(c) .

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms hereof.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of November 9, 2015, as amended on October 4, 2016, as will be further amended pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 31, 2017, and as the same may be further amended, modified or restated from time to time.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement as defined in Section 2.1 .

Suspension Event ” means a Suspension Event as defined in Section 2.5 .

3

 


Suspension Notice ” means a Suspension Notice as defined in Section 2.5 .

Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” means an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down as defined in Section 2.4(e) .

ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1. Shelf Registration .

(a) Preparation and Filing of Shelf Registration Statement . Upon the Company becoming eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (x) and in any event within 90 days thereof, assuming the Company shall have received all relevant shareholder information to be included in the filing at least 10 Business Days prior to the filing date, prepare and file a “shelf” registration statement with respect to the resale of Registrable Securities, on an appropriate form for the offering and subsequent resale thereof, to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) and (y) cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter and maintain it until the earlier of (i) the six (6) year anniversary following such declaration of effectiveness and (ii) the date on which each Holder is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder. At any time on or after the date that the Company becomes eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, promptly following a request as may be made from time to time by a Holder or Holders with respect to their Registrable Securities, the Company shall use a then-effective Shelf Registration Statement (or, if none is effective, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly, and in any event within 90 days thereof, assuming the Company shall have received all relevant shareholder information to be included in the filing at least 10 Business Days prior to the filing date, file a Shelf Registration Statement and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to be declared effective) with respect to the resale of the number of Registrable Securities specified by, and in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holder(s); provided , that if a Holder makes a request pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) to file a Shelf Registration Statement and the other Holder(s) (if any) did not join in such request, the Company shall promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days) notify the other Holder(s) upon receipt of such request or any request by a Holder to increase the number of Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) . The number of requests by a Holder or Holders with respect to their Registrable Securities which may be made pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) shall be limited to one (1) per six (6)-month period. No later than ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of any notice given pursuant to the immediately prior sentence, each Holder shall have the right to include in such registration up to each of their respective pro rata portion of their respective Registrable Securities by notifying the Company in writing of the number of its Registrable Securities (if any) that such Holder is requesting to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall include in the Shelf Registration Statement the number of Registrable Securities for which the Company receives written notice in accordance with this Section 2.1(a) . At any time prior to or after the filing of an applicable Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder may request that the number of its Registrable Securities (if any) previously requested to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement be increased to a larger number of its Registrable Securities and the Company shall thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such increase for such Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as practicable thereafter. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration

4

 


Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the six ( 6 ) year anniversary following the declaration of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or (ii) the date as of which each of the Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder .

(b) At the time a Shelf Registration Statement requested by a Holder pursuant to Section 2.1(a) is declared effective, each Holder that has delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a Selling Holder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. If required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, after effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a supplement to such prospectus or amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement not less frequently than once a quarter as necessary to name as Selling Holders therein any Holders that provide to the Company a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement filed for such purpose to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof.

(c) Underwritten Shelf Registration . If (1) the Holders of thirty percent (30%) or more of the Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement so elect or (2) the New Warrant Holders of twelve percent (12%) or more of the Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement so elect (the applicable Registrable Securities held thereby, the “ Requested Shares ”), in each case, by written notice to the Company, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement shall be in the form of a firmly underwritten offering; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an underwritten offering (i) within ninety (90) days following the last date on which an underwritten offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) , Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(e) or during any lock-up period required by the Underwriters in any prior underwritten offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to a completed offering by the Company or (iii) following an IPO if there is at such time on file an effective Shelf Registration Statement for the Common Stock with respect to such Requested Shares. The Holders of a majority of the Requested Shares shall select the Underwriter or Underwriters to serve as book-running manager or managers in connection with any such offering; provided that such managing Underwriter or Underwriters must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company may select any additional investment banks and managers to be used in connection with the offering; provided that such additional investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the Requested Shares, as applicable. Each Holder shall have the right to include in such offering up to each of their respective pro rata portion of their respective Registrable Securities in the manner described in Section 2.1(a) .

(d) Filing of Additional Registration Statements . The Company shall prepare and file such additional registration statements as necessary every three (3) years (or such other period that may be applicable under the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act) and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective by the Commission so that the registration statement remains continuously effective with respect to resales of Registrable Securities as of and for the periods required under Section 2.1(a) , as applicable, such subsequent registration statements to constitute a Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, hereunder.

5

 


(e) Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement . Each Holder acknowledges that by participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by its terms, notwithstanding such Holder’s failure to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire; provided , that any Holder that has not delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire shall not be entitled to be named as a Selling Holder in, or have the Registrable Securities held by it covered by, a Shelf Registration Statement.

SECTION 2.2. Demand Registration .

(a) Request for Registration . At any time on or after the date hereof, (1) the Holders of thirty five percent (35%) or more of the Registrable Securities, at such time, or (2) the New Warrant Holders of twelve percent (12%) or more of the Registrable Securities, at such time, in each case, may make a written request to the Company for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”); provided , that if (i) a Shelf Registration Statement is on file and effective with respect to the Common Stock owned by the Holders that have requested their Registrable Securities to be included in a Demand Registration or (ii) in the case of a Demand Registration for an underwritten offering such a Demand Registration would not reasonably be expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds in excess of $100,000,000 (or $25,000,000 in the case of a Demand Registration by the New Warrant Holders) (without regard to any underwriting discount or Underwriter’s commission), then the Company shall have no obligation to effect a Demand Registration for the Common Stock. The Company shall prepare and file a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to any Demand Registration (the “ Demand Registration Statement ”) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Demand Registration Statement effective for a period ending when all shares of Common Stock covered by the Demand Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities or the date as of which each of the Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder. The number of Demand Registrations which may be made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be limited to one (1) per six (6)-month period. Any request for a Demand Registration will specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and will also specify the intended method of disposition thereof. The Company shall have the opportunity to register such number of shares of Common Stock as it may elect on the Demand Registration Statement and as part of the same underwritten offering in connection with a Demand Registration (a “ Company Piggy-Back Registration ”). Unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such Demand Registration consent in writing, no party, other than the Company, shall be permitted to offer securities in connection with any such Demand Registration. Each of the Holders that has requested its Registrable Securities be included in a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) may withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice to such effect from a Holder, with respect to a sufficient number of Registrable Securities to reduce the aggregate holdings under the applicable Demand Registration below twelve percent (12%) of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. In addition, if the Company receives a Demand Registration and the Company is then in the process of engaging in a Company Public Sale, the Company shall inform the Holders of the Company’s intention to engage in a Company Public Sale and may require the Holders to withdraw such request for registration for a period of up to 120 days so that the Company may complete the Company Public Sale. In the event that the Company ceases to pursue such Company Public Sale, it shall promptly inform the Holders, and the Holders shall be permitted to submit a new request for registration. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that such Holders have requested a Demand Registration at a time when the Company (1) was required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 and has failed

6

 


to file such Shelf Registration Statement or (2) filed a Shelf Registration Statement but failed to maintain the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1, then the exercise of such Demand Registration shall not be deemed a waiver of any other remedies such Holders may have, at law or in equity, with respect to the Common Stock.

(b) Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until it has become effective.

(c) Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement . Each Holder acknowledges that by asserting or participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder may become a Selling Holder and thereby will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by each of its terms.

(d) Underwritten Demand Registrations . After first (1 st ) anniversary of the date hereof and if no Shelf Registration Statement is effective, if (1) the Holders of thirty percent (30%) or more of the Registrable Securities to be registered in a Demand Registration so elect or (2) the New Warrant Holders of twelve percent (12%) or more of the Registrable Securities to be registered in a Demand Registration so elect, in each case, by written notice to the Company, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. The Holders of a majority of the shares participating in a Demand Registration shall select the Underwriter or Underwriters to serve as book-running manager or managers in connection with any such Demand Registration; provided that such managing Underwriter or Underwriters must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company may select any additional investment banks and managers to be used in connection with the offering; provided that such additional investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the shares of the Registrable Securities participating in the Demand Registration.

(e) Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs .

(i) At any time following the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date hereof, if a Shelf Registration Statement is on file and effective with respect to the Common Stock, Holders may require the Company to effect a firmly underwritten resale of Registrable Securities utilizing such Shelf Registration (and, if necessary, amend such Shelf Registration) to effect such resale (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action with respect to a request for an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (1) within ninety (90) days following the consummation of an underwritten offering (but not including any greenshoe or overallotment option) pursuant to this Section 2.2(e) , Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(c) or (2) if a proposed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down would not reasonably be expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds in excess of $100,000,000 (or $25,000,000 in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down by the New Warrant Holders) to the selling Holders (without regard to any underwriting discount or Underwriter’s commission), then the Company shall have no obligation to effect a an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

(ii) In furtherance of the foregoing, each Holder agrees, in an effort to conduct any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in the most efficient and organized manner, to coordinate with any other Holders prior to initiating any sales efforts and cooperate with the other Eligible Holder(s) as to the terms of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, including the aggregate amount of securities to be sold and the number of Registrable Securities to be sold by each Holder.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to any non-initiating Holder (if such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration) of the receipt of a request from the initiating Holder (whose Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf

7

 


Registration) of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under and pursuant to the Shelf Registration and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, will provide such non-initiating Holders a period of five (5) business days to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, subject to the terms negotiated by and applicable to the initiating Holder and subject to “cutback” limitations set forth in Section 2.4 as if the subject Underwritten Shelf Take-Down was being effected pursuant to a Demand Registration (mutatis mutandis).  All such Holders electing to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Take- D own must sell any of their Registrable Securities to the Underwriters selected as provided herein on the same terms and conditions as apply to any other selling equityholders; provided , however, that (A) e ach Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities from a n Underwritten Shelf Take-Down prior to the pricing thereof and (B) no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, and (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested; provided , further, however, that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided , further, that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

(iii) The number of Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs which the Company may be required to effect pursuant to this Section 2.2(e) shall be limited to one (1) per six (6)-month period.

SECTION 2.3. Piggy-Back Registration . If the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any offering of its Common Stock for its own account or for the account of any of its respective securityholders (other than (a) any registration statement filed in connection with a demand registration other than a Demand Registration under this Agreement, (b) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission), (c) a registration statement filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing securityholders, (d) a registration incidental to an issuance of debt securities under Rule 144A or (e) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, a dividend reinvestment plan, or a merger or consolidation) (a “ Company Public Sale ”), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”); provided , that if and so long as a Shelf Registration Statement is on file and effective with respect to the Common Stock, then the Company shall have no obligation to effect a Piggy-Back Registration of Common Stock. Subject to Section 2.4 , the Company shall include in such registration statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by such Holders of any such notice (or ten (10) Business Days in the case of a notice pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement); provided , that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith)

8

 


and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein. Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

SECTION 2.4. Reduction of Offering . Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of an offering described in Sections 2.1(c) , 2.2(d) , 2.2(e) or 2.3 advise the Company and the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, or if such managing Underwriter or Underwriters are unwilling to so advise, if the Company and the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering conclude after consultation with such managing Underwriter or Underwriters that (i) the size of the offering that the Holders, the Company and such other persons intend to make or (ii) in the case of a Piggy-Back Registration only, the kind of securities that the Holders, the Company and/or any other Persons intend to include in such offering are such that the success of the offering would be materially and adversely affected by inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included, then:

(a) if the size of the offering is the basis of such determination, the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders shall be reduced pro rata (according to the Registrable Securities proposed for registration) to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters (or in the case of a Demand Registration or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, not being underwritten, the majority of the Holders); provided that, in the event of a Demand Registration or pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration and Shelf Registration Statement shall be allocated, (x) first, 100% pro rata among the Holders of the Registrable Securities that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration or pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder, (y) next, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of securities that the Company proposes to include in such Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters (or in the case of a Demand Registration or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, not being underwritten, the majority of the Holders) can be sold without having such significant adverse effect, and (z) last, only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (y) have been included in such registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such registration; provided , further that, in the event of a Piggy-Back Registration, the securities to be included in such Piggy-Back Registration shall be allocated, (A) first, 100% of the securities proposed to be sold in such Piggyback Registration by the Company if such registration is initiated by the Company for its own behalf, (B) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (A) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters (or in the case of a Demand Registration or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, not being underwritten, the majority of the Holders), can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated pro rata among all investors that have requested to participate in such registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities (or their equivalent in the case of investors not party to this Agreement) then held by each such investor and (iii) third, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause (B) have been included in such registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such registration.

9

 


(b) if the kind of securities to be offered is the basis of such determination, ( i ) the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be reduced as described in clause ( a ) above or, ( ii ) if the actions described in clause ( i ) would, in the good faith, best judgment of the managing Underwriter (or, in the case of a Demand Registration or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, not being underwritten, the majority of the Holders) , be insufficient to substantially eliminate the adverse effect that inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included would have on such offering, such Registrable Securities will be excluded from such offering.

SECTION 2.5. Black-Out Periods .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.1(a) , 2.1(b ), 2.1(c) , 2.2(a) and 2.2(d) , the Company shall be permitted to postpone the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or any registration statement filed in connection with a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.2 , and from time to time to require the Holders not to sell Registrable Securities under any such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable, if any of the following events shall occur (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”): (i) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Securities would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed material financing, material acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company or (B)(x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of a material transaction that would otherwise be required to be disclosed due to such registration, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such a material transaction or (z) such a material transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable, to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable;  (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company’s best interest or it is required by law, rule or regulation to supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or file a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (1) contains the information required by the form on which such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement was filed or (2) discloses any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (iii) if the Company is subject to any of its customary suspension or blackout periods, for all or part of such period. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement to become effective or to amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to permit resumed use of the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or filing thereof as soon as reasonably possible following the conclusion of the applicable Suspension Event and its effect.

The Company will provide written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to the Holders of the occurrence of any Suspension Event; provided , however , that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a suspension pursuant to this Section 2.5(a) (i) more than once during any twelve (12)-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate during such twelve (12)-month period. Upon receipt of a Suspension Notice, each Holder agrees that it will (i) immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement and (ii) maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the Suspension Notice

10

 


unless otherwise required by law or subpoena. The Holders may recommence effecting offers and sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect; provided that the Holders agree that they will only effect such offers and sales pursuant to any supplemental or amended prospectus that has been provided to them by the Company pursuant to Section 2.5(b) .

(b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement pursuant to Section 2.5(a) , the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 2.6(a) ) by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and promptly provide copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume offers and sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided , that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that the Common Stock covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement are no longer Registrable Securities.

SECTION 2.6. Registration Procedures; Filings; Information . Subject to Section 2.5 , in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 , any Demand Registration under Section 2.2 or Piggy-Back Registration under Section 2.3 , the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

(a) The Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, for the period described in Section 2.1 and (ii) in the case of a Demand Registration, for a period of not less than 270 days from the effective date of such registration statement.

(b) The Company will, prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed with copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such Selling Holder and Underwriter, if any, and their respective counsel and, except in the case of a registration statement under Section 2.3 , not file any registration statement or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Underwriter, if any, shall reasonably object. The Company shall thereafter furnish to such Selling Holder and Underwriter, if any, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (and upon request, all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder.

(c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of (i) any stop order

11

 


issued or threatened by the Commission or any order by the Commission or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, ( ii ) any written comments by the Commission or any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or for additional information or (iii) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose .

(d) The Company will promptly take all reasonable actions required to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final registration statement.

(e) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (where an exemption does not apply) as any Selling Holder or managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (e), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(f) The Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the Company’s receipt of any notification of the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, (ii) the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly make available to each Selling Holder any such supplement or amendment and (iii) deliver to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus), any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents useful to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request.

(g) The Company will promptly (i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Underwriter, if any, reasonably believes should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities, and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, (ii) furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference).

(h) The Company will enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement, if any, in customary form) and use commercially reasonable efforts to take such other actions as the Underwriters, if any, reasonably request or that are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, (A) obtain for

12

 


delivery to the Selling Holders and to the Underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the applicable registration statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably s atisfactory to such Holders or U nderwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel, (B) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing Underwriter or U nderwriters, with copies to the Selling Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing un der the underwriting agreement and (C) cooperate wit h each Selling Holder and each U nderwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

(i) The Company will make available for inspection by any Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, if such Selling Holder has a due diligence defense under the Securities Act, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Selling Holder or Underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspector in connection with such registration statement, subject to entry by each such Inspector into a customary confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(j) The Company will otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission).

(k) The Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. No Holder may include Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder has furnished to the Company such information. Each Holder further agrees to furnish as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

(l) Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.6(f) , such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of written notice from the Company that such disposition may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.6(f) , copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (ii) of Section 2.6(f) , and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. Each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will promptly notify the Company at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of an event as a result of

13

 


which information previously furnished by such Selling Holder to the Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made. In the event the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 2.6(a) ) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2.6(f) to the date when the Company shall provide written notice that such dispositions may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.6(f) , make available to the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 2.6(f) .

(m) In the case of an underwritten offering, the Company will cooperate in all marketing efforts, including, without limitation, providing information and materials and causing senior executive officers of the Company to participate in meetings, customary “road show” presentations and/or investor conference calls to market the Registrable Securities that may be reasonably requested by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in any such underwritten offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto.

(n) With respect to any notice of a filing of or copies of a registration statement provided by the Company to a Holder prior to the filing of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1, Section 2.2 or Section 2.3, each of the Holders receiving such notice and information shall maintain the confidentiality until the Company’s public disclosure of and comply with applicable law with respect to any such information, including the Company’s intention to file the registration statement.

SECTION 2.7. Registration Expenses . In connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration hereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”), regardless of whether such registration statement is declared effective by the Commission: (a) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (b) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (c) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (d) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (e) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (f) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of a comfort letter or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 2.6(h) ), (g) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (h) reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) legal counsel plus any regulatory counsel, as appropriate, for all Selling Holders participating in such registration, and (i) any reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities or any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities.

SECTION 2.8. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, each member, limited partner or general partner thereof, each member, limited partner or general partner of each such

14

 


member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, stockholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person , if any, who controls such Persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ”, and collectively, “ Losses ”) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or that arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission with respect to information relating to such Selling Holder included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for inclusion therein. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have . Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Selling Holder or any Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Selling Holder. The Company also agrees to indemnify any Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of their respective Representatives on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 2.8 .

SECTION 2.9. Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of their respective Representatives to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder pursuant to Section 2.8 , but only with respect to written information relating to such Selling Holder included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities of such Selling Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers, directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.8 . Each Selling Holder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of their respective Representatives on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 2.9 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the liability of a Selling Holder under this Section 2.9 or Section 2.11 or otherwise hereunder exceed the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder.

SECTION 2.10. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Sections 2.8 or 2.9 , such Person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice will not relieve such Indemnifying Party of

15

 


its obligations under Sections 2.8 or 2.9 , as applicable, except to the extent such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (a) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (b) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties relating to the same class of Common Stock, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties relating to the same class of Common Stock, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.8 , the Selling Holders which owned a majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration statement and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.9 , the Company. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of with any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding without any admission of liability by such Indemnified Party.

SECTION 2.11. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Sections 2.8 or 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (a) as between the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (b) between the Company on the one hand and each Selling Holder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each Selling Holder in connection with such statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Holders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Holders or by the Underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things,

16

 


whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.11 , no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities of such Selling Holder were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.11 are several in such proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Selling Holders, and not joint. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.11 applies in the case of a “shelf” registration and an underwritten offering.

SECTION 2.12. Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such customary underwriting arrangements and the registration rights provided for in this Article II .

SECTION 2.13. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it will timely file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specific thereof.

SECTION 2.14. Holdback Agreements .

(a) Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable Securities . To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, in connection with any underwritten public offering, each Holder who is participating in such offering or who “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined under the Exchange act) one percent (1%) or more of the Common Stock (whether its securities are included in a registration statement or not, for as long as such Holder has the right to require that its securities be included in such registration statement) agrees not to effect any sale or distribution of the Common Stock being registered or a similar security of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for

17

 


such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144, during the seven (7) days prior to, and during the earlier of (x) the ninety (90)-day period beginning on the pricing date of such underwritten public offering or (y) the period applicable to the executive officers and directors of the Company required by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters (such period, the “ Lockup Period ”) (except as part of such underwritten public offering), if and to the extent requested in writing by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters (such agreement to be in the form of lock-up agreement provided by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters); provided that such Lockup Period is applicable on substantially similar terms to the Company and the executive officers and directors of the Company; provided further that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a partnership or corporation from making a distribution of Registrable Securities to the partners or stockholders thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees or transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.14(a) ; provided further that each Holder acknowledges and agrees that if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters so require in the written request set forth in this Section 2.14(a) , the restriction of this Section 2.14(a) shall apply to each Holder (whether its securities are included in a registration statement or not, for as long as such Holder has the right to require that its securities be included in such registration statement) regardless of such Holder’s ownership percentage . Each Holder shall receive the benefit of any shorter Lockup Period or permitted exceptions (on a pro rata basis) agreed to by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters irrespective of whether such Holder participated in the underwritten public offering. This Section 2.14(a) will no longer apply to a Holder once such Holder ceases to hold Registrable Securities.

(b) Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company and Others . The Company agrees that any agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement pursuant to which the Company issues or agrees to issue any privately placed securities shall contain a provision under which holders of such securities agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any securities of the same class or convertible into securities of the same class as those being sold in connection with an underwritten public offering in accordance with Sections 2.1 , 2.2 or 2.3 , or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven (7) days prior to, and during the 90-day period beginning on, the pricing date of such underwritten public offering (except as part of such underwritten public offering where the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten public offering consent or as part of registration statements filed as set forth in Sections 2.3(a) or (c) ), if and to the extent requested in writing by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters (such agreement to be in the form of lock-up agreement provided by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters), in each case including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 (except as part of any such registration, if permitted); provided , however , that the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall not prevent the conversion or exchange of any securities pursuant to their terms into or for other securities.

SECTION 2.15. Future Agreements .  The Company agrees not grant to any Person the right (other than as set forth herein and except with respect to registrations on Forms S-8 and S-4) to request the Company to register any securities of the Company, except such that do not adversely affect the rights or priorities of the Holders of Registrable Securities set forth herein.

ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1. NASDAQ Listing . To the extent and for so long as any shares of Common Stock are listed on the NASDAQ or such other exchange, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be listed on the NASDAQ or such other exchange on which any of the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.

18

 


SECTION 3.2. Remedies . In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Holders shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, specific performance shall not be available with respect to the rights and obligations of the parties pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) and (b) .

SECTION 3.3. Term . In the event that a given Holder ceases to “beneficially own” (as such term is defined under the Exchange act) one percent (1%) or more of the Common Stock, all of such Holder’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall expire and such Holder will cease to be a “Holder” for all purposes hereunder without any further action of the Company or any other party hereto.

SECTION 3.4. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 3.5. Notices . All notices, requests, consents, and other communications hereunder to any party hereto shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile, electronic mail, nationally recognized overnight courier, or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below:

(a) if to a Holder, initially to the address, email and facsimile set forth on Schedule I opposite such Holder’s name or to such other address and to such other Persons as such Holder may hereafter specify in writing; and

(b) if to the Company, to:

 

Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.
6 High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905
Attention:  Brian Fisher, Esq.
Facsimile: 203-956-1206
Electronic mail:  bfisher@affiniongroup.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036
Attention:  Rosa Testani, Esq.
                  Adam Weinstein, Esq.
Facsimile:  212-872-1002
Electronic mail:  rtestani@akingump.com
                           aweinstein@akingump.com

19

 


SECTION 3.6. Successors and Assigns . Except pursuant to a sale of Common Stock and except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Holders under this Agreement shall not be assignable by any Holder to any Person that is not a Holder (including any Person that becomes a Holder by means of purchase of Common Stock from a Holder as of the date hereof). This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns and transferees.

SECTION 3.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.8. Choice of Laws; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .  The validity of this Agreement, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of laws principles (but including and giving effect to Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law) that would result in the application of the law of another jurisdiction.  Each party to this Agreement agrees that, in connection with any legal suit or proceeding arising with respect to this Agreement, it shall submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the applicable New York state court located in New York County and agrees to venue in such courts.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 3.9. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 3.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

SECTION 3.11. Headings . The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Agreement or otherwise affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing express or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and all Indemnified Parties, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

20

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Gregory S. Miller

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory S. Miller

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

Officer

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

HOLDER

ARES DYNAMIC CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND, INC.

By:Ares Capital Management II LLC, its Adviser

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

ARES STRATEGIC INVESTMENT PARTNERS LTD.

 

BY:ARES STRATEGIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC, AS INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

 

FUTURE FUND BOARD OF GUARDIANS

 

BY:ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY ADVISOR IV, L.P., ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER (ON BEHALF OF THE ASIP II SUB-ACCOUNT)

 

BY:ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY ADVISOR IV GP, LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

 

ASIP (HOLDCO) IV S. À .R.L.

 

By:ASIP OPERATING MANAGER IV LLC, ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

Transatlantic Reinsurance Company

 

By:Ares ASIP VII Management, L.P., its Portfolio Manager

 

By:Ares ASIP VII GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

RSUI Indemnity Company

 

By:Ares ASIP VII Management, L.P., its Portfolio Manager

 

By:Ares ASIP VII GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name: Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


ANTHEM, INC.

 

BY:ARES WLP MANAGEMENT L.P., ITS MANAGER

 

BY:ARES WLP MANAGEMENT GP LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 

 

By   /s/ Daniel Hayward

Name:Daniel Hayward

Title:Authorized Signatory

 

ARES SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND III, L.P.

 

BY:ASSF OPERATING MANAGER III, LLC, ITS MANAGER

 

 

By:   /s/ Jeff Moore

Name:Jeff Moore

Title:Authorized Signatory

 

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIRD AVENUE TRUST, ON BEHALF OF THIRD AVENUE FOCUSED FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Third Avenue Management LLC, its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ W. James Hall

 

 

 

Name:

W. James Hall

 

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPYREAN CAPITAL MASTER OVERSEAS FUND, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ C. Martin Meekins

 

 

 

Name:

C. Martin Meekins

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P EMP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ C. Martin Meekins

 

 

 

Name:

C. Martin Meekins

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS U.S. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Brit Stickney

 

 

 

Name:

Brit Stickney

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

On behalf of:

 

NAME:

AllianzGI Convertible & Income Fund - HY

AllianzGI Convertible & Income Fund II - HY

AllianzGI Income & Growth High Yield

Allianz US High Yield

Allianz Income and Growth Fund – High Yield Sleeve

Allianz Target Return Bond US – HY Sub

AllianzGI High Yield Bond Fund

Allianz US High Yield Selection 2


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNANTPARK CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Name:

Arthur H. Penn

 

 

 

Title:

PennantPark Credit Opportunities Fund II, LP Managing Member of PennantPark Capital, LLC, the General Partner of the Fund

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Rich VanderMass

 

 

 

Name:

Rich VanderMass

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Symphony Asset Management as Investment Advisor and/or Collateral Manager to clients who are Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Judith MacDonald

 

 

 

Name:

Judith MacDonald

 

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millco Advisors L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Tim Chizak

 

 

 

Name:

Tim Chizak

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Schedule I

Holders

Holder

Street Address

Fax

Email

Copy of Notice Sent to

Elliott Management Corp.

 

40 West 57 th Street, 30 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

 

 

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC, as investment adviser on behalf of certain funds and accounts

101 John F. Kennedy Parkway

Short Hills, NJ 07078

 

 

 

Metro SPV LLC

 

[___]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
FORM OF NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE

The undersigned beneficial holder of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) one or more registration statements (collectively, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 9, 2015 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), among the Company and the holders party thereto. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain indemnification provisions as described below). To be included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice and Questionnaire must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company at the address set forth herein on or prior to the tenth business day before the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement . We will give notice of the filing and effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement by mailing a notice to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of the registrar.

Beneficial owners that do not complete this Notice and Questionnaire and deliver it to the Company as provided below will not be named as selling security holders in the prospectus and therefore will not be permitted to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Beneficial owners are encouraged to complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement so that such beneficial owners may be named as selling security holders in the related prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Upon receipt of a completed Notice and Questionnaire from a beneficial owner following the effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file such amendments to the initial Shelf Registration Statement or additional shelf registration statements or supplements to the related prospectus as are necessary to permit such holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as selling security holders in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.


 

 

 

 


NOTICE

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “ Selling Security Holder ”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the prospectus forming a part of the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under Item 3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against certain losses arising in connection with statements concerning the undersigned made in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants to the Company that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE

1. (a) Full Legal Name of Selling Security Holder:

(b) Full Legal Name of registered holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

(c) Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

(d) List below the individual or individuals who exercise voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:

2. Address for Notices to Selling Security Holder:

Telephone:
Fax:
E-mail address:
Contact Person:

3. Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:

Type of Registrable Securities beneficially owned, and number of shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned:

4. Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Security Holder:

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company, other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3).

Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Security Holder:

5. Relationship with the Company

 

 


Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

6. Plan of Distribution

Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including its donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement only as follows and will not be offering any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into with a broker or dealer prior to the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement. Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned or, alternatively, through underwriters or broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Security Holder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions)

(i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;

(ii) in the over-the-counter market;

(iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market; or

(iv) through the writing of options.

In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the undersigned may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

State any exceptions here:

Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.

The Selling Security Holder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons set forth therein. Pursuant to the Registration

 

 


Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed under certain circumstances to indemnify the Selling Security Holders against certain liabilities.

In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing at the address set forth below.

In the event that the undersigned transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the undersigned agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Security Holder and received by the Company, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire and the representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding on, shall insure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Company and the Selling Security Holder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Security Holder and listed in Item 3 above.

This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

 

Beneficial Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Please return the completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to:

 

Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.
6 High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905
Attention:  Brian Fisher, Esq.
Facsimile: 203-956-1206
Electronic mail:  bfisher@affiniongroup.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Todd H. Siegel, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: May 12, 2017

 

 

 

/s/  Todd H. Siegel

 

 

 

 

Todd H. Siegel

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Gregory S. Miller, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: May 12, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory S. Miller

 

 

 

 

Gregory S. Miller

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-Q”), I, Todd H. Siegel, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(i)

the Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: May 12, 2017

 

 

/s/ Todd H. Siegel

 

Todd H. Siegel

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-Q”), I, Gregory S. Miller, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(i)

the Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: May 12, 2017

 

 

/s/ Gregory S. Miller

 

Gregory S. Miller

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer